巴吉帝亚篇
Pācittiyakaṇḍo
第一 妄语品
1. Musāvādavaggo
一、妄语学处解释
1. Musāvādasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
于波逸提中,妄语品第一:“正知而妄语”是指,不仅在事前知道,而且在说话的当下也知道,如此说妄语。这里所谓的“说”,是指将不实说成实,或将实说成不实,以身或语表达出来的努力;此处的“正知妄语”是处格,表原因。因此,凡正知而说妄语者,以此因而、以此缘、以此事由,犯波逸提。此处及余处类似者,应如此理解其义。
Pācittiyesu musāvādavaggassa paṭhame sampajānamusāvādeti pubbepi jānitvā vacanakkhaṇepi jānantasseva musāvādabhaṇane. Bhaṇanañca nāma idha abhūtassa vā bhūtataṃ, bhūtassa vā abhūtataṃ katvā kāyena vā vācāya vā viññāpanappayogo, nimittatthe cetaṃ bhummavacanaṃ. Tasmā yo sampajānamusāvādaṃ vadati, tassa taṃnimittaṃ taṃhetu tappaccayā pācittiyaṃ hotīti evamettha aññesu ca īdisesu attho veditabbo.
在舍卫城,因释迦族子哈塔克(Hatthaka)而制。此事缘起于“先不承认而后又承认”等情形。此为共通制戒,并非无犯。若为宣说上人法而说妄语,犯波罗夷;为以无根波罗夷谤毁者,犯桑喀地谢沙;为以桑喀地谢沙谤毁者,犯波逸提;为以威仪败坏谤毁者,犯恶作;若以“谁住于你的精舍”等方便,为宣说上人法而说妄语,对方领解者,犯偷兰遮;不领解者,犯恶作;纯粹说妄语者,于此处犯波逸提。未经思虑仓促而说者,想说此而说成彼者,以及疯狂者等,无犯。以欺诳为先导,以欺诳心欲说某事,并向彼人作出告知的努力,此为二要素。其等起等,与不与取相似。
Sāvatthiyaṃ hatthakaṃ sakyaputtaṃ ārabbha avajānitvā paṭijānanādivatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, uttarimanussadhammārocanatthaṃ musā bhaṇantassa pārājikaṃ, amūlakena pārājikena anuddhaṃsanatthaṃ saṅghādiseso, saṅghādisesena anuddhaṃsanatthaṃ pācittiyaṃ, ācāravipattiyā anuddhaṃsanatthaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, ‘‘yo te vihāre vasī’’tiādinā (pārā. 220) pariyāyena uttarimanussadhammārocanatthaṃ paṭivijānantassa musā bhaṇite thullaccayaṃ, appaṭivijānantassa dukkaṭaṃ, kevalaṃ musā bhaṇantassa idha pācittiyaṃ. Anupadhāretvā sahasā bhaṇantassa, ‘‘aññaṃ bhaṇissāmī’’ti aññaṃ bhaṇantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Visaṃvādanapurekkhāratā, visaṃvādanacittena yamatthaṃ vattukāmo, tassa puggalassa viññāpanapayogo cāti imānettha dve aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisānīti.
二、毁谤语学处解释
2. Omasavādasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第二条:“毁谤语”即侮辱的话语。以出身、名字、姓氏、职业、技艺、疾病、相貌、烦恼、犯戒等为骂詈的依据,无论所述是实情或不实,对任何比丘——无论其犯波罗夷或未犯——以任何言语或手势,不作间接讽喻而径直骂詈,犯波逸提。这是它的含义。
Dutiye omasavādeti ovijjhanavacane, jātināmagottakammasippaābādhaliṅgakilesaāpattiakkosesu bhūtena vā abhūtena vā yena kenaci pārājikaṃ āpannaṃ vā anāpannaṃ vā yaṃkiñci bhikkhuṃ yāya kāyaci vācāya vā hatthamuddāya vā anaññāpadesena akkosanavacane pācittiyanti attho.
在舍卫城,因六群比丘而制,以毁谤为事缘,是共通制戒,并非无犯。以那十种骂詈基,如“此处有某些旃陀罗……”等(波逸提26)的方式,作间接讽喻而骂者;以“你是贼、你是强盗……”等律文之外的词语骂者;以任何方式骂未受具足戒者,犯恶作。此处,比丘尼亦计入未受具足戒之列。非欲骂詈,唯以嬉笑心说者,一切情况皆犯恶作。为阐释义理、说法、教诫而作譬喻者,及疯狂者等,无犯。所骂对象为受具足戒者;非间接讽喻,径直以其出身等骂詈;自知“他骂我”;非为阐释义理等作譬喻——此为四要素。其等起等与不与取相似,但于此处,受者是苦受。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye bhikkhū ārabbha omasanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tehiyeva dasahi akkosavatthūhi ‘‘santi idhekacce caṇḍālā’’tiādinā (pāci. 26) nayena aññāpadesaṃ katvā akkosantassa, ‘‘corosi gaṇṭhibhedakosī’’tiādīhi pāḷimuttakapadehi akkosantassa, yathā tathā vā anupasampannaṃ akkosantassa ca dukkaṭaṃ. Idha bhikkhunīpi anupasampannasaṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Anakkositukāmassa kevalaṃ davakamyatāya vadato sabbattha dubbhāsitaṃ. Atthadhammaanusāsanipurekkhārānaṃ, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Yaṃ akkosati, tassa upasampannatā, anaññāpadesena jātiādīhi akkosanaṃ, ‘‘maṃ akkosatī’’ti jānanā, atthapurekkhāratādīnaṃ abhāvoti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisāni, vedanā pana idha dukkhāti.
三、离间语学处解释
3. Pesuññasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第三条:“比丘离间语”者,即比丘行离间。若闻一比丘以出身等事由辱骂比丘之语,出于喜爱该比丘,或意图离间,而对未被激怒之彼比丘,以身或语传达,作如此离间语者,波逸提。此为释义。
Tatiye bhikkhupesuññeti bhikkhussa pesuññe, jātiādīhi akkosavatthūhi bhikkhū akkosantassa bhikkhuno sutvā vacanaṃ bhikkhuno piyakamyatāya vā bhedādhippāyena vā yo akkuddho, tassa bhikkhussa kāyena vā vācāya vā upasaṃhaṭe tasmiṃ pesuññakaraṇavacane pācittiyanti attho.
于舍卫城,因六群比丘而制,以传达离间语为事缘;此为共通制戒,非命令式。如前所说,以间接方式骂詈者,若传达其语,或传达律文之外的骂詈语,或向未受具足戒者传达,得恶作。此处,比丘尼亦处于未受具足戒之地位。若非出于喜爱,非出于离间意图,唯为呵责恶行而说者,及疯狂者等,无犯。听到比丘以出身等直接骂詈之语后,向比丘传达,具有喜爱或离间意图之一,且彼知解——此为三要素。其等起等,与不与取相似。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye bhikkhū ārabbha pesuññaupasaṃharaṇavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, vuttanayeneva aññāpadesena akkosantassa vacanūpasaṃhāre vā pāḷimuttakaakkosūpasaṃhāre vā anupasampannassa ca upasaṃhāre dukkaṭaṃ. Idhāpi bhikkhunī anupasampannaṭṭhāne ṭhitā. Na piyakamyatāya, na bhedādhippāyena kevalaṃ pāpagarahitāya vadantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Jātiādīhi anaññāpadesena akkosantassa bhikkhuno sutvā vacanaṃ bhikkhussa upasaṃharaṇaṃ, piyakamyatābhedādhippāyesu aññataratā , tassa vijānanāti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisānevāti.
4. 逐句教法学处解释
4. Padasodhammasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第四条:“逐句教法”者,即令逐句诵习法。包括未收入三结集的王教、利根、四转、难陀乌巴难达、族经、道论等法,以及已收入三结集的三藏法,皆逐句教诵。句、随句、字、随字相,每一部分为一分,这是它的含义。波逸提:若比丘与除比丘、比丘尼之外的任何人共诵任何一分者,依句等之数量而得波逸提。
Catutthe padaso dhammaṃ vāceyyāti saṅgītittayaṃ anāruḷhampi rājovādatikkhindriyacatuparivattananandopanandakulumpasuttamaggakathādidhammañca saṅgītittayamāruḷhaṃ tipiṭakadhammañca padaṃ padaṃ vāceyya, padānupadaanvakkharaanubyañjanesu ekekaṃ koṭṭhāsanti attho. Pācittiyanti etesu padādīsu bhikkhuñca bhikkhuniñca ṭhapetvā yaṃkañci koṭṭhāsaṃ avasesapuggalehi saddhiṃ ekato bhaṇantassa padādigaṇanāya pācittiyaṃ.
在舍卫城,因六群比丘而制立,以逐句诵法为事缘;是共通学处,非令作,三句波逸提。若对受具足戒者作未受具足戒想,或生疑惑者,恶作。若与未受具足戒者共同受诵、共同复习、于其前受诵,或多诵已熟练的经典、于错误处令“应如是诵”而共诵者,以及疯狂者等,无犯。未受具足戒者,以所说特征的教法逐句诵习,与之共诵——此为三要素。逐句教法等起,是作;非以想而开脱,非无心;制戒所犯;属语业;三心;三受。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye bhikkhū ārabbha padaso dhammavācanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ. Upasampanne anupasampannasaññino vematikassa vā dukkaṭaṃ. Anupasampannena saddhiṃ ekato uddesaggahaṇe, sajjhāyakaraṇe, tassa santike uddesaggahaṇe, yebhuyyena paguṇaganthaṃ bhaṇantassa, osārentassa ca khalitaṭṭhāne ‘‘evaṃ bhaṇāhī’’ti vacane ca ekato bhaṇantassāpi, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Anupasampannatā, vuttalakkhaṇaṃ dhammaṃ padaso vācanatā, ekato osāpanañcāti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Padasodhammasamuṭṭhānaṃ, kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
5. 第一共宿学处解释
5. Paṭhamasahaseyyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第五项中,“与未受具足戒者”是指除去比丘之外,乃至作为波罗夷事由的畜生。“超过两夜三夜”是指两夜或三夜以上。“同宿”是指在完全覆盖遮蔽,或大部分覆盖遮蔽的住所中,前后相继或同在一刹那一起躺卧。“应作”是指应安排、应准备。在此,即使未触及屋顶,以半肘高的墙等围起来的,也应知为“完全遮蔽”。因此,具备此特征的,即使是七层楼的宫殿,若只有一个入口,或有百间房的四合院,在那里或其他类似之处,与那样的或其他未受具足戒者共住了三夜之后,在第四天日落时,若该未受具足戒者躺卧,无论关门与否,他若躺下;或先躺卧者在该未受具足戒者躺下时不起身,则按二人起身后躺卧的加行次数及未受具足戒者的人数计算,犯波逸提。此处为略说,广说于《一切善见律》中从各方面作了阐述。
Pañcame anupasampannenāti bhikkhuṃ ṭhapetvā antamaso pārājikavatthubhūtena tiracchānagatenāpi. Uttaridirattatirattanti dvinnaṃ vā tiṇṇaṃ vā rattīnaṃ upari. Sahaseyyanti sabbacchannaparicchanne yebhuyyena channaparicchanne vā senāsane pubbāpariyena vā ekakkhaṇena vā ekato nipajjanaṃ. Kappeyyāti vidaheyya sampādeyya. Tattha chadanaṃ anāhacca diyaḍḍhahatthubbedhena pākārādinā paricchinnampi sabbaparicchannamicceva veditabbaṃ, tasmā iminā lakkhaṇena samannāgato sacepi sattabhūmiko pāsādo ekūpacāro hoti, satagabbhaṃ vā catusālaṃ, yo tattha vā aññattha vā tādise tena vā aññena vā anupasampannena saha tisso rattiyo sayitvā catutthadivase atthaṅgate sūriye anupasampanne nipanne gabbhadvāraṃ pidhāya vā apidhāya vā nipajjati, paṭhamanipanno vā tasmiṃ nipajjante na vuṭṭhāti, tassa ubhinnaṃ uṭṭhahitvā nipajjanappayogagaṇanāya anupasampannagaṇanāya ca pācittiyaṃ. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana samantapāsādikāyaṃ (pāci. aṭṭha. 51) sabbappakārato vutto.
在阿拉维,因众多比丘而就与未受具足戒者同宿之事制立。“超过两夜三夜”是此处的随制;是共通学处,非令作,三犯波逸提。对已受具足戒者作未受具足戒想、或生疑惑者,以及在半覆盖半遮蔽等情况下,恶作。若住不足两夜三夜,于第三夜黎明前离去后又来住;若住在完全覆盖而无遮蔽等处;若在另一人坐着时躺下,或在另一人躺卧时坐下;以及疯狂者等,无犯。有波逸提事缘的住所,在其中与未受具足戒者一起躺卧,至第四天日落,这是此处的三支。等起等,与羊毛学处相同。
Āḷaviyaṃ sambahule bhikkhū ārabbha anupasampannena sahaseyyavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, ‘‘uttaridirattatiratta’’nti ayamettha anupaññatti, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, upasampanne anupasampannasaññino vematikassa vā upaddhacchannaparicchannādīsu ca dukkaṭaṃ. Ūnakadirattatirattaṃ vasantassa, tatiyāya rattiyā purāruṇā nikkhamitvā puna vasantassa, sabbacchannasabbāparicchannādīsu vasantassa, itarasmiṃ nisinne nipajjantassa, nipanne vā nisīdantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Pācittiyavatthukasenāsanaṃ, tattha anupasampannena saha nipajjanaṃ, catutthadivase sūriyatthaṅgamananti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni eḷakalomasadisānevāti.
6. 第二共宿学处解释
6. Dutiyasahaseyyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第六项,“与女人”:乃至当日出生的女人类。然而,显现可见形色的夜叉女、饿鬼女、黄门,以及作为淫欲对象的雌性畜生,在此处是恶作事。
Chaṭṭhe mātugāmenāti antamaso tadahujātāyapi manussitthiyā. Dissamānarūpā pana yakkhipetiyo paṇḍako methunavatthubhūtā ca tiracchānitthiyo idha dukkaṭavatthukā honti.
在舍卫城,缘于具寿阿那律长老而制定与女人同宿之学处。其余应知与前一学处所说方式相同,唯除夜间分界。于彼处,第四日犯;此处则第一日即犯。
Sāvatthiyaṃ āyasmantaṃ anuruddhattheraṃ ārabbha mātugāmena sahaseyyavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sesaṃ anantarasikkhāpade vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ aññatra rattiparicchedā, tatra hi catutthadivase āpatti, idha pana paṭhamadivasepīti.
7. 说法学处注释
7. Dhammadesanāsikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第七,“超过五六语”:此处,一个偈句或一句语,应知一切处以此衡量语数。“说法”:指讲说具备“句法学处”中所说特征的法,或注释书之法。“除非有智识的男人在场”:指除了有智识的男人之外。然而,若夜叉、饿鬼或畜生现持男人形相而站立,亦不得说法。若对有智识的女人,在无男人在场时,以句等方便说六语以上法,依句数计;若对众多女人,则依女人数计,犯波逸提。此依第二不定法中所说特征而判。
Sattame uttarichappañcavācāhītiettha eko gāthāpādo ekā vācāti evaṃ sabbattha vācāpamāṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. Dhammaṃ deseyyāti padasodhammasikkhāpade vuttalakkhaṇaṃ dhammaṃ vā aṭṭhakathādhammaṃ vā bhāseyya. Aññatra viññunā purisaviggahenāti vinā viññunā purisena. Manussaviggahaṃ gahetvā ṭhitena pana yakkhena vā petena vā tiracchānena vā saddhiṃ ṭhitāyapi dhammaṃ desetuṃ na vaṭṭati. Pācittiyanti dutiyāniyate vuttalakkhaṇena manussena vinā viññumanussitthiyā channaṃ vācānaṃ upari padādivasena dhammaṃ desentassa padādigaṇanāya, bahūnaṃ desayato mātugāmagaṇanāya ca pācittiyaṃ.
于舍卫城,因优陀夷长老为女人说法之事而制定。‘除有智识者’是此处的随制,为共制,非命令,犯者三波逸提。对非女人作女人想、或心存疑惑者,以及为女夜叉、女饿鬼、黄门、有人形相的雌性畜生说法者,犯恶作。若说六语或少于六语,有所说特征的男人在场,自己起身后又坐下,或女人起身后又坐下,或为另一女人说法,或因被问:‘尊者,长部有何义?’而如此宣说全部长部,或他人说法时女人在旁听闻,及为疯狂者等说法,均无罪。所说之法具有所说特征,说六语以上;女人具足所说特征;威仪无转变;无净人在场;非为解答问题——此是此处五支。生起等与句法学处相同,唯此处有‘作’与‘无作’之别。
Sāvatthiyaṃ udāyittheraṃ ārabbha mātugāmassa dhammadesanāvatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, ‘‘aññatra viññunā’’ti ayamettha anupaññatti, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, amātugāme mātugāmasaññino vematikassa vā yakkhipetipaṇḍakamanussaviggahatiracchānitthīnaṃ desentassa ca dukkaṭaṃ. Chahi vācāhi, tato vā oraṃ desentassa, vuttalakkhaṇe vā purise sati, sayaṃ vā uṭṭhāya, puna nisīditvā mātugāmassa vā uṭṭhahitvā puna nisinnassa, aññassa vā mātugāmassa desayato, ‘‘dīghanikāyo nāma bhante kimatthiyo’’ti evaṃ pana puṭṭhe sabbampi dīghanikāyaṃ desentassa, aññassatthāya vuccamānaṃ mātugāme suṇante, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Vuttalakkhaṇassa dhammassa channaṃ vācānaṃ upari desanā, vuttalakkhaṇo mātugāmo, iriyāpathaparivattābhāvo, kappiyakārakassābhāvo, apañhāvissajjanāti imānettha pañca aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni padasodhammasadisāneva, kevalaṃ idha kiriyākiriyaṃ hotīti.
8. 实得上人法学处注释
8. Bhūtārocanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第八项中,‘上人法’指第四波罗夷中所定义的特征,即上人——禅修者与圣者——所具之法。‘于实有犯波逸提’谓:若自身确实具有禅那等法,除比丘与比丘尼之外,向他人宣说者,犯波逸提。
Aṭṭhame uttarimanussadhammanti catutthapārājike vuttalakkhaṇaṃ uttarimanussānaṃ jhāyīnañceva ariyānañca dhammaṃ. Bhūtasmiṃ pācittiyanti attani jhānādidhamme sati taṃ bhikkhuñca bhikkhuniñca ṭhapetvā aññassa ārocayato pācittiyaṃ.
在毗舍离的跋耆河岸,因诸比丘而于他们实说上人法之事上制定。此为共通的制立,非受令者。若有人以非间接的方式,对他人宣说自己所具备的禅那等法,而听闻者当即以任何方式——如‘此人是得禅那者’或‘是圣者’——了知此义,则犯波逸提。若不了知,则犯恶作。若以间接方式宣说,则无论对方了知与否,皆犯恶作。若有如是因缘而对已受具足戒者宣说,及对最初犯者,则无犯。然而,因为圣者无有疯狂等状态,而得禅那者若有此状态则会退失禅那,故此处不将其纳入。上人法之属实、对未受具足戒者宣说、当时即了知、无其他所指,此为此处四要素。此学处由实说上人法而生起,属作为,非想解脱,非无心,属制戒罪,为身业、语业,依善及无记二心生起,依乐受与舍受二受生起。
Vesāliyaṃ vaggumudātīriye bhikkhū ārabbha tesaṃ bhūtārocanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti , anāṇattikaṃ, nippariyāyena attani vijjamānaṃ jhānādidhammaṃ ārocentassa sace yassa āroceti, so anantarameva ‘‘ayaṃ jhānalābhī’’ti vā ‘‘ariyo’’ti vā yena kenaci ākārena tamatthaṃ jānāti, pācittiyaṃ. No ce jānāti, dukkaṭaṃ. Pariyāyena ārocitaṃ pana jānātu vā, mā vā, dukkaṭameva. Tathārūpe kāraṇe sati upasampannassa ārocayato, ādikammikassa ca anāpatti. Yasmā pana ariyānaṃ ummattakādibhāvo natthi, jhānalābhino pana tasmiṃ sati jhānā parihāyanti, tasmā te idha na gahitā. Uttarimanussadhammassa bhūtatā, anupasampannassa ārocanaṃ, taṅkhaṇavijānanā, anaññāpadesoti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni. Bhūtārocanasamuṭṭhānaṃ, kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, kusalābyākatacittehi dvicittaṃ, sukhamajjhattavedanāhi dvivedananti.
9. 说粗罪学处注释
9. Duṭṭhullārocanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第九条中,‘比丘的’是指未犯波罗夷者。‘粗罪’虽通称两种罪聚,但此处唯指桑喀地谢沙。‘除比丘认可外’:若僧团为常犯比丘未来防护及划定罪与居家的界限,经三次征询后制定公约,或未制定公约,则除该公约外,若以非如法之约,将事由与罪结合而宣说,例如‘此人排出不净,犯桑喀地谢沙’等,即犯波逸提。
Navame bhikkhussāti pārājikaṃ anajjhāpannassa. Duṭṭhullanti kiñcāpi dvinnaṃ āpattikkhandhānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ, idha pana saṅghādisesameva adhippetaṃ. Aññatra bhikkhusammutiyāti yaṃ saṅgho abhiṇhāpattikassa bhikkhuno āyatiṃ saṃvaratthāya āpattīnañca kulānañca pariyantaṃ katvā vā akatvā vā tikkhattuṃ apaloketvā katikaṃ karoti, taṃ ṭhapetvā, ayathākatikāya ‘‘ayaṃ asuciṃ mocetvā saṅghādisesaṃ āpanno’’tiādinā nayena vatthunā saddhiṃ āpattiṃ ghaṭetvā ārocentassa pācittiyaṃ.
在舍卫城,因六群比丘而制定,涉及说粗罪之事。此为共通制立,非受令者。三波逸提:若对非粗罪作粗罪想或疑惑而说,犯恶作。其余六罪聚中,向未受具足戒者宣说前五学处违犯所摄的粗罪,或其他非粗罪之恶行,亦犯恶作。若仅说事由或仅说罪,或未逾越比丘认可之界限而说,及对疯狂者等,则无犯。具足所述特征的比丘之有据桑喀地谢沙、向未受具足戒者宣说、无比丘认可,为此处三要素。生起等与不与取相似,但此处唯苦受。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye bhikkhū ārabbha duṭṭhullāpattiārocanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ , aduṭṭhullāya duṭṭhullasaññino vematikassa vā dukkaṭaṃ, avasese cha āpattikkhandhe, anupasampannassa purimapañcasikkhāpadavītikkamasaṅkhātaṃ duṭṭhullaṃ vā itaraṃ aduṭṭhullaṃ vā ajjhācāraṃ ārocentassāpi dukkaṭameva. Vatthumattaṃ vā āpattimattaṃ vā ārocentassa, bhikkhusammutiparicchedaṃ anatikkamitvā ārocentassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Vuttalakkhaṇassa bhikkhuno savatthuko saṅghādiseso, anupasampannassa ārocanaṃ, bhikkhusammutiyā abhāvoti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisāni, vedanā pana idha dukkhāyevāti.
10. 掘地学处解释
10. Pathavīkhaṇanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第十条中,‘地’有两种:生地与未生地。其中,生地依纯、杂、堆分为三种。纯地,指本性为纯沙或纯粘土。杂地,指沙或粘土中,混杂有石、砂砾、粗砂、砾石、沙等其中一种占三分之一者。堆地,即如所说‘超过四个月堆积的沙堆或粘土堆’。依所述特征,杂堆及岩石上的微细尘埃,若天降雨时一度湿润,过四个月后,湿润处即成为堆地。此三种地,若未以灶、钵烧等任何方式烧过,称为‘生地’;若已烧过,且超过所述量而杂有更多石等者,或为未生地,更不用说纯石等所成之地。其中,所谓‘生地’,即为非净地。若有比丘自己挖掘如是之地,以挖、破、刮、烧等方式破坏之,则依动作次数犯波逸提。若令人挖,以所述方式令人破坏,而命令者指定‘此处’或‘此地’,以‘挖、破’等方式命令,则于命令时犯恶作;一次命令后,即便挖掘一整天,命令者唯犯一波逸提;若彼再三命令,则随每一语犯波逸提。
Dasame pathavinti duvidhā pathavī jātapathavī ajātapathavīti. Tattha jātapathavī suddhamissapuñjavasena tividhā, tattha suddhapathavī nāma pakatiyā suddhapaṃsu vā suddhamattikā vā. Missapathavī nāma yattha paṃsuto vā mattikāto vā pāsāṇasakkharakathalamarumbavālukāsu aññatarassa tatiyabhāgo hoti. Puñjapathavī nāma ‘‘atirekacātumāsaṃ ovaṭṭho paṃsupuñjo vā mattikāpuñjo vā’’ti (pāci. 86) vuttaṃ, vuttalakkhaṇena pana missakapuñjopi piṭṭhipāsāṇe ṭhitasukhumarajampi ca deve phusāyante sakiṃ tintaṃ catumāsaccayena tintokāso puñjapathavisaṅkhameva gacchati. Tividhāpi cesā pathavī uddhanapattapacanādivasena vā yathā tathā vā adaḍḍhā ‘jātapathavī’ti vuccati, daḍḍhā pana vuttappamāṇato adhikatarapāsāṇādimissā vā ajātapathavī nāma hoti, ko pana vādo suddhapāsāṇādibhedāya. Tattha yā ‘jātapathavī’ti vuttā, ayaṃ akappiyapathavī. Yo bhikkhu taṃ evarūpaṃ pathaviṃ sayaṃ khaṇati, khaṇanabhedanavilekhanapacanādīhi vikopeti, tassa payogagaṇanāya pācittiyaṃ. Yo pana khaṇāpeti, vuttanayeneva vikopāpeti, tassa ‘‘imaṃ padesa’’nti vā ‘‘imaṃ pathavi’’nti vā evaṃ niyametvā ‘‘khaṇa, bhindā’’tiādinā nayena āṇāpentassa āṇattiyā dukkaṭaṃ, sakiṃ āṇatte divasampi khaṇante āṇāpakassa ekameva pācittiyaṃ, sace itaro punappunaṃ āṇāpeti, vācāya vācāya pācittiyaṃ.
于阿罗毗,因阿罗毗诸比丘而于掘地之事上制立。此为共通之制戒,属教令施设。于地有疑者,或于非地作地想及疑惑者,犯恶作。若未指定处所而言:‘挖池、挖坑、掘块根’等;或破坏因日晒而干裂之泥、牛蹄印、与下层地土不相连而崩落之河岸、乃至大如犁头所切之土块等一切非生地;或言‘知此柱坑、给与粘土、取粘土、我需要沙、令粘土成净’等;或无心中因树木等倒下而破坏;或不忆念,以脚趾等刮划;或不知为生地及于‘我在挖’心无忆念;及对疯狂者等,皆无犯。于生地、生地想、自挖或令挖中具其任一,此为此处三要素。其生起等之判释与不与取戒相似,然此为制戒罪,具三心、三受。
Āḷaviyaṃ āḷavake bhikkhū ārabbha pathavikhaṇanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, sāṇattikaṃ, pathaviyā vematikassa, apathaviyā pathavisaññino ceva vematikassa ca dukkaṭaṃ. Okāsaṃ aniyametvā ‘‘pokkharaṇiṃ khaṇa, āvāṭaṃ khaṇa, kandaṃ khaṇā’’tiādīni bhaṇantassa, ātapena sussitvā phalitakaddamaṃ vā gokaṇṭakaṃ vā heṭṭhā pathaviyā asambaddhaṃ bhijjitvā patitanaditaṭaṃ vā mahantampi naṅgalacchinnamattikāpiṇḍantievamādīni sabbañca ajātapathaviṃ vikopentassa, ‘‘imassa thambhassa āvāṭaṃ jāna , mattikaṃ dehi, mattikaṃ āhara, paṃsunā me attho, mattikaṃ kappiyaṃ karohī’’ti bhaṇantassa, asañcicca rukkhādipavaṭṭanena bhindantassa, asatiyā pādaṅguṭṭhakādīhi vilekhantassa, jātapathavibhāvaṃ vā, ‘‘khaṇāmi vā aha’’nti ajānantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Jātapathavī, pathavisaññitā, khaṇanakhaṇāpanānaṃ aññataranti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisāni, idaṃ pana paṇṇattivajjaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
二、植物品
2. Bhūtagāmavaggo
1. 有生命植物学处注释
1. Bhūtagāmasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
《植物品》之初戒中,‘坏植物罪’者:此处‘bhūtā’谓‘曾有、已生’,即生长、增长,已生、已长之义。‘gāmo’为聚集,‘bhūtagāmo’即植物之聚集,或植物本身即是聚集,此为对已扎根之绿色草、树等之称谓。‘pātabyatā’是可破坏之状态,即以切割、劈裂等方式随意受用之义。此中‘bhūtagāmapātabyatāya’为依格表原因,谓‘以坏植物罪故’,即由对植物切割等缘而犯波逸提。是故,任何比丘,若于地中、水中、壁中等任何处所生长之非干枯乃至极细之草,乃至如芥子许之苔藓,以拔起、切割、刺穿等方式破坏,或如掘地戒中所述方式令他人破坏,则犯波逸提。
Bhūtagāmavaggassa paṭhame bhūtagāmapātabyatāyāti ettha bhavanti ahesuñcāti bhūtā, jāyanti vaḍḍhanti jātā vaḍḍhitā cāti attho. Gāmoti rāsi, bhūtānaṃ gāmo, bhūtā eva vā gāmoti bhūtagāmo, patiṭṭhitaharitatiṇarukkhādīnametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Pātabyassa bhāvo pātabyatā, chedanabhedanādīhi yathāruci paribhuñjitabbatāti attho, tassaṃ bhūtagāmapātabyatāya, nimittatthe cetaṃ bhummavacanaṃ, bhūtagāmapātabyatāhetu bhūtagāmassa chedanādipaccayā pācittiyanti attho. Tasmā yo bhikkhu pathaviudakapākārādīsu yatthakatthaci jātaṃ asukkhaṃ antamaso atisukhumatiṇampi sāsapabījakasevālampi uddharaṇacchedanavijjhanādīhi vikopeti vā pathavikhaṇane vuttanayena vikopāpeti vā pācittiyaṃ āpajjati.
此戒因阿拉维比丘于砍树事中制定,是共通制戒,有教令者。凡从植物体分离的根种子、茎种子、枝种子、节种子、种子之种子中任何一种,或置于容器中,或堆成堆,或植于地,乃至仅长出根或仅长出芽,若其叶序已长至一拃,或根未出、或虽出而芽尚非绿色时,破坏者犯恶作。对植物种子体有疑者,对非植物种子体作植物种子体想者及有疑者,亦犯恶作。然而,若非如此想者,以及疯癫者等,则无犯。若非故意、失念、不知而破坏者;未指定‘这棵树’而说‘砍树、砍蔓’等语者;以及说‘请摘此花或果、请给这个、请拿这个、我需要这个、请把这个作净’者,皆无犯。如此,依如法言语从植物体分离的种子类,尚须再令作净后方可受用。这样,对彼而言,种子体的免除即告完成。
Āḷaviyaṃ āḷavake bhikkhū ārabbha rukkhachindanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, sāṇattikaṃ, bhūtagāmato viyojitamūlabījakhandhabījaphalubījaaggabījabījabījānaṃ aññataraṃ bhājanagataṃ vā rāsikataṃ vā bhūmiyaṃ ropitampi nikkhantamūlamattaṃ vā nikkhantaaṅkuramattaṃ vā sacepissa vidatthimattā pattavaṭṭi niggacchati, anikkhante vā mūle nikkhante vā mūle yāva aṅkuro harito na hoti, tāva taṃ vikopentassa dukkaṭaṃ, tathā bhūtagāmabījagāme vematikassa, abhūtagāmabījagāme bhūtagāmabījagāmasaññino ceva vematikassa ca. Ubhayattha pana atathāsaññissa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti, asañcicca asatiyā ajānitvā vā vikopentassa, ‘imaṃ rukkha’nti evaṃ aniyametvā ‘‘rukkhaṃ chinda, valliṃ chindā’’tiādīni bhaṇantassa, ‘‘imaṃ pupphaṃ vā phalaṃ vā jāna, imaṃ dehi, imaṃ āhara, iminā me attho, imaṃ kappiyaṃ karohī’’ti bhaṇantassa ca anāpatti. Evaṃ kappiyavacanena bhūtagāmato viyojitaṃ pana bījajātaṃ puna pi ‘‘kappiyaṃ karohī’’ti kāretvāva paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Evañhissa bījagāmaparimocanampi kataṃ hoti.
作净者,应以火、或以指甲、或以刀具而行。以火作者,用任何火接触一处,说‘净’而作。以刀具作者,用任何利器之尖端或刃部,乃至针、指甲刀等,示现刺或切,同样而作。以指甲作者,除牛、水牛等蹄之外,取任何未腐烂之人或畜类指甲,乃至割取来者,依刀具中所述之法而作。其中,纵使种子堆积如山,或砍伐千树捆为一捆,或甘蔗捆成大捆而放置,但于其中一粒种子、一根树枝或一根甘蔗上作净,全部即算已作。若为甘蔗作净时,刺穿与他们捆在一起之木片,则可允许;但若刺穿捆缚重物之藤蔓,则不许。若以胡椒叶等混杂而带来食物,说‘作净’时,即使刺中饭粒,亦允许;芝麻与米粒之情形亦同。然而,投入粥中之种子若不聚集一处,则须一一刺穿而作。象耳果等,其内部果肉脱离果壳而可移动者,应破开而作净;若果肉连成一体,在果壳上作净亦允许。若果实幼嫩无种子,以及种子已除去而可受用者,则无需作净。植物体、植物体想、破坏或令破坏,此为三支。其等起等,与掘地戒相似。
Kappiyaṃ karontena pana agginā vā nakhena vā satthena vā kattabbaṃ, agginā karontena ca yena kenaci agginā ekadese phusantena ‘kappiya’nti vatvāva kātabbaṃ. Satthena karontena yassa kassaci tikhiṇasatthassa antamaso sūcinakhacchedanādīnampi tuṇḍena vā dhārāya vā vedhaṃ vā chedaṃ vā dassentena tatheva kātabbaṃ. Nakhena karontena ṭhapetvā gomahiṃsādīnaṃ khure yena kenaci apūtinā manussānaṃ vā tiracchānānaṃ vā nakhena antamaso chinditvā āhaṭenāpi satthe vuttanayeneva kātabbaṃ. Tattha sacepi bījānaṃ pabbatamatto rāsi, rukkhasahassaṃ vā chinditvā ekābaddhaṃ, ucchūnaṃ vā mahābhāro bandhitvā ṭhapito hoti, ekasmiṃ bīje vā rukkhasākhāya vā ucchumhi vā kappiye kate sabbaṃ kataṃ hoti. Ucchuṃ ‘‘kappiyaṃ karissāmī’’ti tehi saddhiṃ baddhaṃ dārukaṃ vijjhati, vaṭṭatiyeva. Sace pana yāya valliyā bhāro baddho, taṃ vijjhati, na vaṭṭati. Maricapakkādīhi missetvā bhattaṃ āharanti, ‘‘kappiyaṃ karohī’’ti vutte sacepi bhattasitthe vijjhati, vaṭṭatiyeva, tilataṇḍulesupi eseva nayo. Yāguyā pakkhittāni pana ekābaddhāni hutvā na santiṭṭhanti, tattha ekekaṃ vijjhitvāva kātabbaṃ. Kapiṭṭhaphalādīnaṃ anto miñjaṃ kaṭāhaṃ muñcitvā sañcarati, bhindāpetvā kappiyaṃ kāretabbaṃ. Ekābaddhā ce, kaṭāhepi kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Yaṃ pana phalaṃ taruṇaṃ hoti abījaṃ yañca nibbattabījaṃ bījaṃ apanetvā paribhuñjitabbaṃ, tattha kappiyakaraṇakiccaṃ natthi. Bhūtagāmo, bhūtagāmasaññitā, vikopanaṃ vā vikopāpanaṃ vāti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni pathavikhaṇanasadisānevāti.
2. 异语学处注释
2. Aññavādakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第二条中,于僧团中,持律者所问之义,他却言其他,故名‘异语者’,此为以他言回避之名。‘困扰者’者,即困扰,此为沉默不语之名。于彼异语者、困扰者。‘波逸提’:据此二事说两种波逸提。是故,若有比丘犯有余罪之过失,于僧团中被审问时,不欲说出彼事,而以他语掩盖,种种推托,或以沉默作困扰,对这些人,世尊听许行异语羯磨及困扰羯磨。于僧团已作此羯磨后,若仍如此行者,犯波逸提。
Dutiye yamatthaṃ saṅghamajjhe vinayadharo pucchati, tato aññaṃ vadatīti aññavādako, aññenaññaṃ paṭicaraṇassetaṃ nāmaṃ. Vihesatīti vihesako, tuṇhībhāvassetaṃ nāmaṃ, tasmiṃ aññavādake vihesake. Pācittiyanti vatthudvaye pācittiyadvayaṃ vuttaṃ. Tasmā yo bhikkhu sāvasesaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno saṅghamajjhe anuyuñjiyamāno taṃ na kathetukāmo aññena vacanena aññaṃ chādento tathā tathā vikkhipati, yo ca tuṇhībhāvena viheseti, tesaṃ yaṃ bhagavatā aññavādakakammañceva vihesakakammañca anuññātaṃ, tasmiṃ saṅghena kate puna tathā karontānaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
于憍赏弥,因阐那长老以异语回避之事而制定。此为共通制立,无命令亦犯。在如法羯磨中,三时犯波逸提;在非法羯磨中,三时犯恶作。然而,若对未被举罪者作异语或困扰,如此作者唯犯恶作。若不知自己已犯过失而问‘你们说什么’者,或因患病,或心想‘僧团将起纷争,或将非法、别众、对不应受者作羯磨’而不说者,以及疯癫者等,皆无犯。以如法羯磨被举罪,因过失或事由被审问,以欲掩盖之心而以异语回避或保持沉默,此为此处三支。其生起等与不与取相似,然而此戒或为身行,或为非身行,且属苦受。
Kosambiyaṃ channattheraṃ ārabbha aññenaññaṃ paṭicaraṇavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, dhammakamme tikapācittiyaṃ, adhammakamme tikadukkaṭaṃ, anāropite pana aññavādake vā vihesake vā tathā karontassa dukkaṭameva. Āpattiṃ āpannabhāvaṃ vā ajānantassa ‘‘kiṃ tumhe bhaṇathā’’ti pucchato, gelaññena vā, ‘‘saṅghassa bhaṇḍanādīni vā bhavissanti, adhammena vā vaggena vā nakammārahassa vā kammaṃ karissantī’’ti iminā adhippāyena na kathentassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Dhammakammena āropitatā, āpattiyā vā vatthunā vā anuyuñjiyamānatā, chādetukāmatāya aññenaññaṃ paṭicaraṇaṃ vā tuṇhībhāvo vāti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisāni, idaṃ pana siyā kiriyaṃ, siyā akiriyaṃ, dukkhavedanañca hotīti.
3. 令他嫌责学处注释
3. Ujjhāpanakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第三项,以言语引起嫌责:即为了破坏他的名誉而对比丘们说‘某某出于贪欲而做此事’等,使比丘们轻视那位由僧团认可、负责分配卧具等的受具足戒者,以轻蔑的眼光看待他,或以低劣的方式看待他。这样的言语即是‘嫌责语’。以同样的方式说话而抱怨,到处宣扬其过失,这是‘抱怨语’。于此嫌责与抱怨中,犯波逸提。这是就两种事缘而说两个波逸提。因此,若为了破坏受认可比丘的名誉,而对受具足戒者说嫌责语或抱怨语,即犯波逸提。
Tatiye yena vacanena ujjhāpenti ‘‘chandāya itthannāmo idaṃ nāma karotī’’tiādīni vadantā upasampannaṃ saṅghena sammataṃ senāsanapaññāpakādibhedaṃ tassa ayasakāmā hutvā bhikkhūhi avajānāpenti, avaññāya olokāpenti, lāmakato vā cintāpenti, taṃ vacanaṃ ujjhāpanakaṃ. Yena ca tatheva vadantā khiyyanti, sabbattha tassa avaṇṇaṃ pakāsenti, taṃ khiyyanakaṃ, tasmiṃ ujjhāpanake khiyyanake. Pācittiyanti vatthudvaye pācittiyadvayaṃ vuttaṃ. Tasmā yo sammatassa bhikkhuno ayasakāmatāya upasampannassa vadanto ujjhāpeti vā khiyyati vā, tassa pācittiyaṃ hoti.
于王舍城,因美提耶与布摩迦比丘,在嫌责与抱怨事缘中制定。此为共通制立,无命令亦犯。若已对那位受具足戒者作了认可羯磨,则在如法羯磨中有三个波逸提,在非法羯磨中有三个恶作。然而,若在未受具足戒者面前如此说,或对未被认可者于任何人面前说其过失,或对未受具足戒者——无论其被认可与否——于任何人面前说其过失,唯犯恶作。若对本来即因贪欲等而行事者引起嫌责或抱怨,以及疯癫者等,皆无犯。如法羯磨而被认可、受具足戒、无趣向非道、欲说其过失、彼面前说话者为受具足戒者、引起嫌责或抱怨——此中有六项要素。其生起等与不与取相似,但此为苦受。
Rājagahe mettiyabhūmajake bhikkhū ārabbha ujjhāpanakhiyyanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, yaṃ tassa upasampannassa sammutikammaṃ kataṃ, tasmiṃ dhammakamme tikapācittiyaṃ, adhammakamme tikadukkaṭaṃ, anupasampannassa pana santike tathā bhaṇantassa, asammatassa ca avaṇṇaṃ yassa kassaci santike bhaṇantassa, anupasampannassa pana sammatassa vā asammatassa vā avaṇṇaṃ yassa kassacideva santike bhaṇantassa ca dukkaṭameva. Pakatiyāva chandādivasena karontaṃ ujjhāpentassa vā khiyyantassa vā, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Dhammakammena sammatatā, upasampannatā, agatigamanābhāvo, tassa avaṇṇakāmatā, yassa santike vadati, tassa upasampannatā, ujjhāpanaṃ vā khiyyanaṃ vāti imānettha cha aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisāni, idaṃ pana dukkhavedanamevāti.
四、第一卧坐具学处注释
4. Paṭhamasenāsanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第四,“僧团的”是指属于僧团之物。床等器具中,凡在床这一总称下所造的一切,皆归为床;座具也是如此。然而,凡以布或如法皮革为面,除去人毛与塔利萨叶,用各种毛、叶、草、树皮、布等作为填充而制成的卧具,称为褥。在此上可坐可卧,且此处无尺寸限定。至于小座垫,则以树皮纤维、优尸罗草、文若草、灯心草等任一材料,向内卷束,上下铺平,呈琵琶形,中部可围以狮皮等,此处无不许使用的皮革。卧具即使由金制成,也可使用。在露地方面:此处,除去称为“雨安居月”的八个月,在其余四个月中,纵然天未下雨,也不得在自然露地及漏雨的堂屋中铺设。然而,若某地冬季多雨,则其后四个月亦不得铺设。夏季各地无云、天空清净,彼时若因事务须行,则开许。但在乌鸦等常栖的树根处,任何时候皆不可。如此,于何时何处不可铺设,应知这一切皆归于此处所说的露地。
Catutthe saṅghikanti saṅghassa santakaṃ. Mañcādīsu yokoci mañcasaṅkhepena kato sabbopi mañcoyeva, pīṭhepi eseva nayo. Yena kenaci pana coḷena vā kappiyacammena vā chaviṃ katvā ṭhapetvā manussalomaṃ tālīsapattañca yehi kehici lomapaṇṇatiṇavākacoḷehi pūretvā katasenāsanaṃ bhisīti vuccati. Tattha nisīditumpi nipajjitumpi vaṭṭati, pamāṇaparicchedopi cettha natthi. Kocchaṃ pana vākausīramuñjapabbajādīnaṃ aññataramayaṃ anto saṃvellitvā baddhaṃ heṭṭhā ca upari ca vitthataṃ paṇavasaṇṭhānaṃ majjhe sīhacammādiparikkhittaṃ hoti, akappiyacammaṃ nāmettha natthi. Senāsanañhi sovaṇṇamayampi vaṭṭati. Ajjhokāseti ettha ye avassikasaṅketā vassānamāsāti evaṃ asaññitā aṭṭha māsā, te ṭhapetvā itaresu catūsu māsesu sacepi devo na vassati. Tathāpi pakatiajjhokāse ca ovassakamaṇḍape ca santharituṃ na vaṭṭati. Yattha pana hemante vassati, tattha aparepi cattāro māse na vaṭṭati. Gimhe pana sabbattha vigatavalāhakaṃ visuddhaṃ nabhaṃ hoti, tasmā tadā kenacideva karaṇīyena gacchati, vaṭṭati. Kākādīnaṃ nibaddhavāsarukkhamūle pana kadācipi na vaṭṭati. Iti yattha ca yadā ca santharituṃ na vaṭṭati, taṃ sabbamidha ajjhokāsasaṅkhameva gatanti veditabbaṃ.
“铺设后”是指在那样的地方,为自己或为他人铺设之后。因为即使是为他人铺设,只要对方尚未在那里坐下,或自己未说“你去吧”,这负担仍属铺设者。“令铺设后”是指让未受具足戒者铺设之后。这正是他的障碍所在;由受具足戒者铺设的,负担属铺设者,而且只要命令者尚未在那里坐下,或未说“你去吧”。因为当受具足戒者在自己令铺设的或自然形成的卧具上坐下时,一切负担便转属坐者,因此单说“令铺设”。他离去时,既不应自己收起,也不应令他人收起:即不应自行收起后置于适处,也不应令他人如此做。或不问而离去:若比丘、沙弥或寺役中有具惭者,将其视为自己的障碍,不告知那样的人,不将卧具托付给他,便无所顾虑地离去,当超过中等力士掷一土块的距离时,第一脚越过掷土块之限犯恶作,第二脚越过时犯波逸提。若站在食堂中,差人说“你到某处日间休息处铺设后去吧”,随后从那里出来前往别处,则应以举足来衡量。
Santharitvāti tathārūpe ṭhāne attano vā parassa vā atthāya santharitvā. Aññassatthāya santhatampi hi yāva so tattha na nisīdati, ‘gaccha tva’nti vā na bhaṇati, tāva santhārakasseva bhāro. Santharāpetvāti anupasampannena santharāpetvā. Etadeva hi tassa palibodho hoti, upasampannena santhataṃ santhārakasseva bhāro, tañca kho yāva āṇāpako tattha na nisīdati, ‘gaccha tva’nti vā na bhaṇati. Yasmiñhi attanā santharāpite vā pakatisanthate vā upasampanno nisīdati, sabbaṃ taṃ nisinnasseva bhāro, tasmā santharāpitantveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. Taṃ pakkamanto neva uddhareyya, na uddharāpeyyāti attanā vā uddharitvā patirūpe ṭhāne na ṭhapeyya, parena vā tathā na kārāpeyya. Anāpucchaṃ vā gaccheyyāti yo bhikkhu vā sāmaṇero vā ārāmiko vā lajjī hoti, attano palibodhaṃ viya maññati, tathārūpaṃ anāpucchitvā taṃ senāsanaṃ tassa aniyyātetvā nirapekkho gacchati, thāmamajjhimassa purisassa leḍḍupātaṃ atikkameyya, tassa ekena pādena leḍḍupātātikkame dukkaṭaṃ, dutiyapādātikkame pācittiyaṃ. Bhojanasālāya ṭhito pana ‘‘asukasmiṃ nāma divāvihāraṭṭhāne paññapetvā gacchāhī’’ti pesetvā tato nikkhamitvā aññattha gacchanto pāduddhārena kāretabbo.
在舍卫城,因众多比丘将已铺设的卧具收起后未告知便离去的事件而制定。此为共通制、无请制,犯三波逸提;若在个人物上,则犯三恶作。若将草席、覆上物、地敷、茅草席、皮革块、擦脚布、板凳,乃至任何其他木器、陶器及钵架,放置于前述特定相状的露地而离去,唯犯恶作。然而,林住者若无避雨处,将一切物品系于树上,或作防白蚁处理,如此作毕即可离去。露地住者则应作衣、小屋的守护。于自己所有物、于可信任之人处、作收起等事项后离去时、令沉入时、想“回来后再收起”而离去时、被较年长者令起时、非人坐于彼处、某主宰者取去、狮子等来至彼处停留——如此这些卧具成为障碍,对这类成障的卧具,或在危及梵行、活命的厄难时离去,以及疯狂者等,不犯。床等属僧团物、于所说特相之处铺设或令铺设、无障碍、无厄难、无执受、超过掷土块之限,此为此处的六支。起因等如初咖提那所说,然此处是作与不作的区别。
Sāvatthiyaṃ sambahule bhikkhū ārabbha santhataṃ anuddharitvā anāpucchaṃ pakkamanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, puggalike tikadukkaṭaṃ, cimilikaṃ vā uttarattharaṇaṃ vā bhūmattharaṇaṃ vā taṭṭikaṃ vā cammakkhaṇḍaṃ vā pādapuñchanaṃ vā phalakapīṭhaṃ vā yaṃ vā panaññaṃ kañci dārubhaṇḍaṃ mattikābhaṇḍaṃ antamaso pattādhārakampi vuttalakkhaṇe ajjhokāse ṭhapetvā gacchantassa dukkaṭameva. Āraññakena pana asati anovassake sabbaṃ rukkhe laggetvāpi yathā vā upacikāhi na khajjati, evaṃ katvāpi gantuṃ vaṭṭati. Abbhokāsikena pana cīvarakuṭikaṃ katvāpi rakkhitabbaṃ. Attano santake, vissāsikapuggalike, uddharaṇādīni katvā gamane, otāpentassa, ‘‘āgantvā uddharissāmī’’ti gacchato, vuḍḍhatarā uṭṭhāpenti, amanusso tattha nisīdati, koci issaro gaṇhāti, sīhādayo taṃ ṭhānaṃ āgantvā tiṭṭhanti, evaṃ senāsanaṃ palibuddhaṃ hoti, tathā palibuddhe vā senāsane, jīvitabrahmacariyantarāyakarāsu āpadāsu vā gacchantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Mañcādīnaṃ saṅghikatā, vuttalakkhaṇe dese santharaṇaṃ vā santharāpanaṃ vā, apalibuddhatā, āpadāya abhāvo, nirapekkhatā, leḍḍupātātikkamoti imānettha cha aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni paṭhamakathinasadisāneva, idaṃ pana kiriyākiriyanti.
5. 第二卧坐具学处注释
5. Dutiyasenāsanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第五,“住于”:即住于胎房或任何完全围蔽的、如前所说的卧具处。“卧具”即是:床垫、草席、覆上物、地敷、茅草席、皮革块、坐具、铺盖、草敷、叶敷,即此十种。其中,草席是指为了保护已整治地面的颜色而铺设者。覆上物是指应铺设在床、凳等上面的铺盖。地敷是指有草席时铺于其上,无草席时则直接铺在净地上的毛布等截割物。茅草席是指以棕榈叶等编成的席子。皮革块是指任何皮革;纵是狮子皮等,亦只用作护围;在卧具之受用中,并没有所谓“不净”的皮革。铺盖则指毛毯、粗毛布等,余者易懂。在此十种卧具中,若比丘取了任何一种属于自己的雨季卧具,在具有所说特相的住处敷设或令人敷设后,若他欲前往他方,却未按“所放置之物不被白蚁蛀蚀”的方式收起或不令人收起,又不依前戒所说方式禀告便离去,那么:若在有围界的园内,越过其围界;若无围界,则越过其近界——每跨第一步犯恶作,第二步犯波逸提。然而,在没有白蚁蛀蚀疑虑之处,虽未禀告亦可离去,但禀告乃是仪则。
Pañcame vihāreti gabbhe vā aññatarasmiṃ vā sabbaparicchanne vuttasenāsane. Seyyanti seyyā nāma bhisī cimilikā uttarattharaṇaṃ bhūmattharaṇaṃ taṭṭikā cammakkhaṇḍo nisīdanaṃ paccattharaṇaṃ tiṇasanthāro paṇṇasanthāroti vuttaṃ. Tattha cimilikā nāma parikammakatāya bhūmiyā vaṇṇānurakkhaṇatthaṃ katā. Uttarattharaṇaṃ nāma mañcapīṭhādīnaṃ upari attharitabbayuttakaṃ paccattharaṇaṃ. Bhūmattharaṇaṃ nāma cimilikāya sati tassā upari, asati suddhabhūmiyaṃ attharitabbā kaṭasārakādi vikati. Taṭṭikā nāma tālapaṇṇādīhi katataṭṭikā. Cammakkhaṇḍo nāma yaṃkiñci cammaṃ, sīhacammādīnañhi pariharaṇeyeva parikkhepo, senāsanaparibhoge pana akappiyacammaṃ nāma natthi. Paccattharaṇaṃ nāma pāvāro kojavoti ettakameva, sesaṃ pākaṭameva. Iti imāsu dasasu seyyāsu ekampi seyyaṃ attano vassaggena gahetvā vuttalakkhaṇe vihāre santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā yo bhikkhu disaṃgamiko yathā ṭhapitaṃ upacikāhi na khajjati, tathā ṭhapanavasena neva uddhareyya, na uddharāpeyya, purimasikkhāpade vuttanayena anāpucchaṃ vā gaccheyya, tassa parikkhittassa ārāmassa parikkhepaṃ, aparikkhittassa upacāraṃ atikkamantassa paṭhamapāde dukkaṭaṃ, dutiyapāde pācittiyaṃ. Yattha pana upacikāsaṅkā natthi, tato anāpucchāpi gantuṃ vaṭṭati, āpucchanaṃ pana vattaṃ.
此学处是在舍卫城,因十七群比丘于僧团住处敷设卧具、未收起也未禀告便离去的事而制定。此为共通制定,非应请求者;(若涉及僧团住处)犯三聚波逸提;若在个人住处,则犯三聚恶作。然而,于所说特相住处之近界以外,若在近处的侍候堂、无围的茅棚、多人集会的围棚或树下敷设或令人敷设;以及在住处或同类住处之近界内敷设或令人敷设床凳后,不作收起等事而离去,则唯犯恶作。若涉及己物、委托可信者、已作收起等事、依前述方式留置于障碍物后离去,或心想“今日返回后再整理”而怀此期望至河对岸或他村,后于该处生起离去之心,停留原处并派人禀告;或因河贼等障碍而无法返回;以及在危难时、疯狂者等,则不犯。此处七支为:所说是特相的卧具、属于僧团物、于所说特相之住处敷设或令人敷设、无障碍、无危难、无牵挂者前往他方、越过近界。起因等如后戒所说方式。
Sāvatthiyaṃ sattarasavaggiye bhikkhū ārabbha saṅghike vihāre seyyaṃ santharitvā anuddharitvā anāpucchā pakkamanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, puggalike tikadukkaṭaṃ, vuttalakkhaṇassa pana vihārassa upacāre bahi āsanne upaṭṭhānasālāya vā aparicchannamaṇḍape vā paricchanne vāpi bahūnaṃ sannipātabhūte rukkhamūle vā santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā, mañcapīṭhañca vihāre vā vuttappakāre vihārūpacāre vā santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā uddharaṇādīni akatvā gacchantassa dukkaṭameva. Attano santake, vissāsikapuggalike, uddharaṇādīni katvā, purimanayeneva palibuddhaṃ chaḍḍetvā gamane, yo ca ‘‘ajjeva āgantvā paṭijaggissāmī’’ti evaṃ sāpekkho nadipāraṃ vā gāmantaraṃ vā gantvā yatthassa gamanacittaṃ uppannaṃ, tattheva ṭhito kañci pesetvā vā āpucchati, nadipūrarājacorādīsu vā kenaci palibuddho na sakkoti paccāgantuṃ, tassa ca, āpadāsu ca, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Vuttalakkhaṇaseyyā , tassā saṅghikatā, vuttalakkhaṇe vihāre santharaṇaṃ vā santharāpanaṃ vā, apalibuddhatā, āpadāya abhāvo, anapekkhassa disāpakkamanaṃ , upacārasīmātikkamoti imānettha satta aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni anantarasikkhāpade vuttanayānevāti.
6. 侵入学处注释
6. Anupakhajjasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第六,“知”:即了知“此是不可挤迫者”。因此在释词中说:“知对方是长老”、“知是病人”、“知是僧团所予”。长老因年高故不可挤迫;病人因病故不可挤迫;而僧团考虑到掌库者、说法者、持律者、教团诵经师等的多利益与殊胜功德,为常住而格外考量住处后正式授予,因此僧团所予者亦不可挤迫。“先已进入”是指先前已经入住。“侵入”即进入床凳,或进入该比丘进入或退出时的近处。其中,大住处的床凳近处以周圆一肘半为限;小住处则从可开始处起一肘半。其进入时,从洗足石至床凳为近处;退出时,从床凳至小便处为近处。“欲挤卧”即想要挤迫,若于此近处内敷设或令人敷设十种卧具之任何一种,则犯恶作;若坐或卧于其上,犯波逸提;坐卧兼作者,犯二波逸提;反复作业者,依方便数计犯波逸提。
Chaṭṭhe jānanti ‘‘anuṭṭhāpanīyo aya’’nti jānanto, tenevassa padabhājane ‘‘vuḍḍho’ti jānāti, ‘gilāno’ti jānāti, ‘saṅghena dinno’ti jānātī’’ti (pāci. 121) vuttaṃ. Vuḍḍho hi attano vuḍḍhatāya anuṭṭhāpanīyo, gilāno gilānatāya, saṅgho pana bhaṇḍāgārikassa vā dhammakathikavinayadharagaṇavācakācariyānaṃ vā bahūpakārataṃ guṇavisiṭṭhatañca sallakkhetvā dhuvavāsatthāya vihāraṃ sallakkhetvā sammannitvā deti, tasmā yassa saṅghena dinno, sopi anuṭṭhāpanīyo. Pubbupagatanti pubbaṃ upagataṃ. Anupakhajjāti mañcapīṭhānaṃ vā tassa vā bhikkhuno pavisantassa vā nikkhamantassa vā upacāraṃ anupavisitvā. Tattha mañcapīṭhānaṃ tāva mahallake vihāre samantā diyaḍḍho hattho upacāro, khuddake yato pahoti, tato diyaḍḍho hattho , tassa pana pavisantassa pādadhovanapāsāṇato yāva mañcapīṭhaṃ, nikkhamantassa mañcapīṭhato yāva passāvaṭṭhānaṃ, tāva upacāro. Seyyaṃ kappeyyāti tassa sambādhaṃ kattukāmatāya tasmiṃ upacāre dasasu seyyāsu ekampi santharantassa vā santharāpentassa vā dukkaṭaṃ, tattha nisīdantassa vā nipajjantassa vā pācittiyaṃ, dvepi karontassa dve pācittiyāni, punappunaṃ karontassa payogagaṇanāya pācittiyaṃ.
在舍卫城,因六群比丘而制,关于未移开床铺便坐下或卧下之事所制。此是共通的制立,非命令式,犯者三波逸提;若在个人处所犯,则三恶作。无论是在所说的近处之外,还是在集会堂等处,或在精舍的界内,铺设或令铺设、坐下或卧下,皆犯恶作。然而,若在自己的精舍或可信者的精舍中铺设,或因生病、受冷热所迫而进入,以及在灾祸时、对精神失常者等,则无犯。僧团精舍性、知不可移开性、欲挤压、在近处坐下或卧下,此中这四者为要素。其等起等与第一波罗夷相似,但此为苦受。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye bhikkhū ārabbha anupakhajja seyyakappanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, puggalike tikadukkaṭaṃ, vuttūpacārato vā bahi, upaṭṭhānasālādike vā, vihārassa upacāre vā, santharaṇasantharāpanesupi nisajjasayanesupi dukkaṭameva. Attano vā, vissāsikassa vā santake pana vihāre santharantassa, yo ca gilāno vā sītuṇhapīḷito vā pavisati, tassa ca, āpadāsu ca, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Saṅghikavihāratā, anuṭṭhāpanīyabhāvajānanaṃ, sambādhetukāmatā, upacāre nisīdanaṃ vā nipajjanaṃ vāti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni paṭhamapārājikasadisāneva, idaṃ pana dukkhavedanamevāti.
7. 拖出学处注释
7. Nikkaḍḍhanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第七中所说,‘愤怒’即生气。‘不悦’即心不喜。‘若拖出或令拖出者,波逸提’:于此,若有那些多层的殿堂、多角楼阁或四合院,在这样的坐卧处,捉住后于中途停下,以同一加行令其越过者,犯一波逸提;若停下停下以种种加行令其越过者,按门数犯波逸提。不亲手触及而说‘出去’,以言语拖出者,也同此规则。而令拖出者,仅在说‘拖出’这一命令时,即犯恶作;但一次命令后,即使那人从多个门出去,下令者唯犯一波逸提。然而,若被命令‘你从这么多门出去’或‘你出去直到大门’,如此限定而命令者,则按门数犯波逸提。
Sattame kupitoti kuddho. Anattamanoti atuṭṭhacitto. Nikkaḍḍheyya vā nikkaḍḍhāpeyya vā pācittiyanti ettha ye anekabhūmakā pāsādā, anekakoṭṭhakāni vā catussālāni, tādisesu senāsanesu gahetvā antarā aṭṭhapetvā ekeneva payogena atikkāmentassa ekaṃ pācittiyaṃ, ṭhapetvā ṭhapetvā nānāpayogehi atikkāmentassa dvāragaṇanāya pācittiyāni, hatthena anāmasitvā ‘nikkhamā’ti vatvā vācāya nikkaḍḍhantassāpi eseva nayo. Nikkaḍḍhāpentassa pana ‘nikkaḍḍhā’ti āṇattamatte dukkaṭaṃ, sakiṃ āṇatte pana tasmiṃ bahukepi dvāre nikkhamante itarassa ekameva pācittiyaṃ. Sace pana ‘‘ettakāni dvārāni nikkaḍḍhāhī’’ti vā, ‘‘yāva mahādvāraṃ, tāva nikkaḍḍhāhī’’ti vā evaṃ niyametvā āṇatto hoti, dvāragaṇanāya pācittiyāni.
在舍卫城,因六群比丘而起,关于从僧团精舍逐出比丘之事
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye bhikkhū ārabbha bhikkhuṃ saṅghikā vihārā nikkaḍḍhanavatthusmiṃ
此是共通的制立,有命令式,犯者三波逸提;若在个人处所犯,则三恶作。拖出其资具,或从集会堂等处、从精舍界内拖出那人或其资具,或从精舍或精舍界内拖出或令拖出未受具戒者、或未受具戒者之资具,唯犯恶作。而且,当资具未绑缚时,应知按资具的件数计算。若拖出属于自己或可信者的精舍,或从整个僧园拖出或令拖出争吵制造者、或其资具,或从自己住处拖出无耻者、精神失常者、不正行之弟子或共住者及其资具,以及自己为精神失常者等时,无犯。僧团精舍、受具戒者没有争吵制造等事、以嗔心拖出或令拖出,此中这三者为要素。其等起等与不与取相似,但此为苦受。
Paññattaṃ , sādhāraṇapaññatti, sāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, puggalike tikadukkaṭaṃ, tassa parikkhāranikkaḍḍhane, upaṭṭhānasālādikā vihārūpacārā tassa vā tassa parikkhārassa vā nikkaḍḍhane, anupasampannassa pana anupasampannaparikkhārassa vā vihārā vā vihārūpacārā vā nikkaḍḍhane nikkaḍḍhāpane ca dukkaṭameva. Tañca kho asambaddhesu parikkhāresu parikkhāragaṇanāya veditabbaṃ. Attano vā, vissāsikassa vā santakā vihārā nikkaḍḍhane, sakalasaṅghārāmatopi bhaṇḍanakārakassa vā tassa parikkhārassa vā nikkaḍḍhane nikkaḍḍhāpane vā, attano vasanaṭṭhānato alajjissa, ummattakassa, na sammāvattantānaṃ antevāsikasaavihārikānaṃ, tesaṃ parikkhārassa vā nikkaḍḍhane ca, sayaṃ ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Saṅghikavihāro , upasampannassa bhaṇḍanakārakabhāvādivinimuttatā, kopena nikkaḍḍhanaṃ vā nikkaḍḍhāpanaṃ vāti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisāni, idaṃ pana dukkhavedananti.
八、空中阁楼学处注释
8. Vehāsakuṭisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第八,“上层空中阁楼”指上层有覆盖地面的二层阁楼或三层阁楼。在分别解说中,为指明此处所指的阁楼,说“中等身材之人头不触”。“有踵足床”指将床脚插入孔中而安装的床。“若坐”意为压倒、覆压而坐,此处是位格意义的受格,即表示在床上或椅上坐或卧;其中的“abhi”只是一个加强语气的前缀。因此,若有比丘在具足所说特征的空中阁楼中,以最低限度——中等身材之人完全不会被下方横梁碰触头部——在如此高度的横梁上方所放置的有踵足的床或椅上坐或卧,他依“未移开坐卧学处”所说之法,随加行次数犯波逸提。
Aṭṭhame uparivehāsakuṭiyāti upari acchannatalāya dvibhūmikakuṭiyā vā tibhūmikakuṭiyā vā, padabhājane pana idha adhippetaṃ kuṭiṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘majjhimassa purisassa asīsaghaṭṭā’’ti (pāci. 131) vuttaṃ. Āhaccapādakanti aṅge vijjhitvā pavesitapādakaṃ. Abhinisīdeyyāti abhibhavitvā ajjhottharitvā nisīdeyya, bhummatthe vā etaṃ upayogavacanaṃ, mañce vā pīṭhe vā nisīdeyya vā nipajjeyya vāti attho. Abhīti idaṃ pana padasobhaṇatthe upasaggamattameva, tasmā yo bhikkhu vuttalakkhaṇāya vehāsakuṭiyā sabbantimena paricchedena yāva pamāṇamajjhimassa purisassa sabbaso heṭṭhimāhi tulāhi sīsaṃ na ghaṭṭeti, ettakaṃ uccāya tulānaṃ upari ṭhapite āhaccapādake mañce vā pīṭhe vā nisīdati vā nipajjati vā, tassa anupakhajjasikkhāpade vuttanayena payogagaṇanāya pācittiyaṃ.
于舍卫城,缘一位比丘而制,事由是在上层空中阁楼中突然在有踵足的床或椅上坐卧。这是一条共同的制立,非不教而制。违犯者三波逸提,若在个人所有物上则三恶作。无犯的情况:若在自己或可信者的精舍,并非空中阁楼,头可触及之处;或其下方因放置木料等而不能使用;或上层以木板铺积、用灰泥等所作,在该处的有踵足床上坐;若有人立于该空中处的有踵足床上取物或悬挂物品;或已放置踏板,于床头之上插入楔子,在彼处坐;以及精神失常者等。僧团精舍、头不触的空中阁楼、下方可使用、在未给踏板等的有踵足床上坐或卧——此为犯戒的四个要素。其等起等与羊毛学处相似。
Sāvatthiyaṃ aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ ārabbha uparivehāsakuṭiyā āhaccapādakaṃ mañcaṃ pīṭhaṃ sahasā abhinisīdanaabhinipajjanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, puggalike tikadukkaṭaṃ, attano vā, vissāsikassa vā santake vihāre, avehāsakuṭiyā, sīsaghaṭṭāya, yassa vā heṭṭhā dabbasambhārādīnaṃ nikkhittattā aparibhogaṃ hoti, uparitalaṃ vā padarasañcitaṃ sudhādiparikammakataṃ vā, tattha āhaccapādake nisīdantassa, yo ce tasmiṃ vehāsaṭṭhepi āhaccapādake ṭhito kiñci gaṇhāti vā laggati vā, yassa ca paṭāṇī dinnā hoti, pādasīsānaṃ upari āṇī pavesitā, tattha nisīdantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Saṅghiko vihāro, asīsaghaṭṭā vehāsakuṭi, heṭṭhā saparibhogaṃ , apaṭāṇidinne āhaccapādake nisīdanaṃ vā nipajjanaṃ vāti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni eḷakalomasadisānīti.
九、大精舍学处注释
9. Mahallakavihārasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第九,“大屋”指有屋主的。“住所”指已涂抹灰泥的。“直至门闩范围”一句中,所谓门闩范围,按最高限度而言,指从后墙边缘起两肘半的区域。“为安置门闩”指为使带门扇的门框稳固。因为门扇开启时轻便转动,会撞击墙壁;关闭时则撞击门框。由于这种撞击,墙壁震动,泥土随之松动,松动后要么变脆,要么脱落。因此世尊说:“直至门闩范围,为安置门闩。”在此,虽在总论和分别解说中未说“这应当做”,但事缘中因提到“他让人反复覆盖,反复涂抹”(巴吉帝亚 134),应知:直至门闩范围,为安置门闩,应反复涂抹或令人涂抹。“为处理采光缝隙”一句中,所谓采光缝隙,指窗户的窗扇。它们在开启时,会撞击一拃乃至更远的墙壁区域;而在此处,其周边范围遍及一切方向。因此,这里的用意是:在所有方向上,应涂抹或令人涂抹与窗扇宽度相等的区域,以处理采光缝隙。
Navame mahallakanti sassāmikaṃ. Vihāranti ullittāvallittaṃ. Yāva dvārakosātiettha dvārakoso nāma ukkaṭṭhaparicchedena piṭṭhasaṅghāṭassa sāmantā aḍḍhateyyahattho padeso. Aggaḷaṭṭhapanāyāti sakavāṭakassa dvārabandhassa niccalabhāvatthāya. Kavāṭañhi lahuparivattakaṃ vivaraṇakāle bhittiṃ āhanati, pidahanakāle dvārabandhaṃ. Tena āhanena bhitti kampati, tato mattikā calati, calitvā sithilā vā hoti patati vā, tenāha bhagavā ‘‘yāva dvārakosā aggaḷaṭṭhapanāyā’’ti. Tattha kiñcāpi ‘‘idaṃ nāma kattabba’’nti neva mātikāyaṃ, na padabhājane vuttaṃ, aṭṭhuppattiyaṃ pana ‘‘punappunaṃ chādāpesi, punappunaṃ lepāpesī’’ti (pāci. 134) adhikārato yāva dvārakosā aggaḷaṭṭhapanāya punappunaṃ limpitabbo vā lepāpetabbo vāti evamattho daṭṭhabbo. Ālokasandhiparikammāyātiettha ālokasandhīti vātapānakavāṭakā vuccanti. Te vivaraṇakāle vidatthimattampi atirekampi bhittippadesaṃ paharanti, upacāro panettha sabbadisāsu labbhati, tasmā sabbadisāsu kavāṭavitthārappamāṇo okāso ālokasandhiparikammatthāya limpitabbo vā lepāpetabbo vāti ayamettha adhippāyo.
如此,在说明了涂抹工作应做之事后,现在为说明屋顶应做之事,而说“二重或三重屋顶”等。此处,“二重或三重屋顶的轮次”意指屋顶的二轮次或三轮次;轮次是指覆盖层,应规定为二重覆盖或三重覆盖。“站在无作物处”是指站在没有作物的地方。这里所说的“作物”,包括七种谷物等在内的早熟作物,以及绿豆、黑豆、芝麻、扁豆、葫芦、南瓜等在内的晚熟作物。即便那些在田地中播种后尚未成熟,待到雨季降临时方成熟的,也算作物。因此,若站在这些作物上作规定,犯恶作。对于站在无作物处作规定者,也有这样的界限:有一人坐在屋脊或尖顶阁楼旁边,顺着屋顶边缘向下望,当他看到比丘所站立的地面区域,以及当他站在下面同样抬头望见上面坐着的人时,就应站在那个区域内;在此区域内,即便是无作物处,也不得站立。如果超过此界限——在以条状结构(道路)覆盖时,超过三条道路;在以轮次覆盖时,超过三轮次;在以砖、石、灰泥覆盖时,超过砖、石、灰泥的块数;在以草、叶覆盖时,超过叶数和草把数——则犯巴吉帝亚。
Evaṃ lepakamme yaṃ kattabbaṃ, taṃ dassetvā idāni chadane kattabbaṃ dassetuṃ dvatticchadanassātiādimāha. Tattha dvatticchadanassa pariyāyanti chadanassa dvattipariyāyaṃ, pariyāyaṃ vuccati parikkhepo, parikkhepadvayaṃ vā parikkhepattayaṃ vā adhiṭṭhātabbanti attho. Appaharite ṭhitenāti aharite ṭhitena. Haritanti cettha sattadhaññādibhedaṃ pubbaṇṇaṃ, muggamāsatilakulatthaalābukumbhaṇḍādibhedañca aparaṇṇaṃ adhippetaṃ. Yaṃ tasmiṃ khette vuttaṃ na tāva sampajjati, vasse pana patite sampajjissati, tampi haritasaṅkhameva gacchati. Tasmā tasmiṃ ṭhatvā adhiṭṭhahanto dukkaṭaṃ āpajjati. Appaharite ṭhatvā adhiṭṭhahantassāpi ayaṃ paricchedo, piṭṭhivaṃsassa vā kūṭāgārathūpikāya vā passe nisinno puriso chadanamukhavaṭṭiantena olokento yasmiṃ bhūmibhāge ṭhitaṃ bhikkhuṃ passati, yasmiñca ṭhito taṃ upari nisinnakaṃ tatheva ullokento passati, tasmiṃ ṭhātabbaṃ, tassa anto aharitepi ṭhātuṃ na labhati. Tato ce uttarīti maggena chādiyamāne tiṇṇaṃ maggānaṃ, pariyāyena chādiyamāne tiṇṇaṃ pariyāyānaṃ upari iṭṭhakasilāsudhāhi chādiyamāne iṭṭhakasilāsudhāpiṇḍagaṇanāya, tiṇapaṇṇehi chādiyamāne paṇṇagaṇanāya ceva tiṇamuṭṭhigaṇanāya ca pācittiyaṃ.
于憍赏弥,因阐那长老为缘,在反复令人覆盖、涂抹的事情上制定。这是共通的制定,非无命令,三巴吉帝亚。若对不足二重或三重轮次生起超过想或疑惑者,犯恶作。在涂成白色等颜色时,或在二重三重轮次、或不足二重三重轮次时,在岩洞、山窟、草屋等处,为他人而作,或以自己财物令人建造时,除住房外,对其他建筑物作规定者,以及对于疯癫者等,无犯。大屋性、自己住房性、超过规定,是此处的三要素。其等起等,与“媒嫁戒”中所说的方式相同。
Kosambiyaṃ channattheraṃ ārabbha punappunaṃ chādāpanalepāpanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, ūnadvattipariyāye atirekasaññino vematikassa vā dukkaṭaṃ. Setavaṇṇādikaraṇe, dvattipariyāye vā ūnakadvattipariyāye vā, leṇaguhātiṇakuṭikādīsu, aññassatthāya, attano dhanena kārentassa, vāsāgāraṃ ṭhapetvā sesāni adhiṭṭhahantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Mahallakavihāratā, attano vāsāgāratā, uttari adhiṭṭhānanti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni sañcaritte vuttanayānevāti.
十、有生物水学处注释
10. Sappāṇakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第十,“知有生物”:是指通过看见、听说或以任何方式知道“这是有生物的”。“若浇洒或令浇洒”:是指用该水自己浇洒,或命令他人后令其浇洒。在此,若不间断地浇洒水流,一罐水犯一罪;若断断续续地浇洒,则按动作次数犯各罪。若将水引入沟渠,即使流上一整天,也仅犯一罪。若在此处、彼处截堵后引向他处,则按动作次数犯各罪。若以一次动作将许多草、叶、树枝等投入水中,仅犯一罪;若逐根投入,则按动作次数犯各罪。而且,这是针对那些投入后,水会被耗尽或变得浑浊以致水中生物死亡的情形而说的,并非指大量的水。在令浇洒时,于命令时犯恶作;即使以一次命令浇洒许多水,命令者只犯一个巴吉帝亚。
Dasame jānaṃ sappāṇakanti ‘‘sappāṇakaṃ eta’’nti disvā vā sutvā vā yena kenaci ākārena jānanto. Siñceyya vā siñcāpeyya vāti tena udakena sayaṃ vā siñceyya, aññaṃ vā āṇāpetvā siñcāpeyya. Tattha dhāraṃ avicchinditvā siñcantassa ekasmiṃ ghaṭe ekāva āpatti, vicchindantassa payogagaṇanāya āpattiyo. Mātikaṃ pamukhaṃ karoti, divasampi sandatu, ekāva āpatti. Tattha tattha bandhitvā aññato nentassa payogagaṇanāya āpattiyo. Bahukampi tiṇapaṇṇasākhādiṃ ekappayogena udake pakkhipantassa ekāva āpatti, ekekaṃ pakkhipantassa payogagaṇanāya āpattiyo. Idañca yaṃ evaṃ pakkhipiyamāne pariyādānaṃ gacchati, āvilaṃ vā hoti, yathā pāṇakā maranti, tādisaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, na mahāudakaṃ. Siñcāpane āṇattiyā dukkaṭaṃ, ekāṇattiyā bahukampi siñcatu, āṇāpakassa ekameva pācittiyaṃ.
于阿罗毗,以阿罗毗诸比丘为缘,就洒水事而制。此为共通制,属教令。若对非生物起生物想,或于两者生疑,犯恶作。若作非生物想,或不故意、失念而洒,或不知情者,以及痴狂者等,无罪。水中有生物、知道“洒水会使那些生物死亡”、且水确实如此、无杀意而以任何作业洒于草木等,是为此处四要素。其等起等与“不与取戒”相似,然而此为制教犯,具三心、三受。
Āḷaviyaṃ āḷavake bhikkhū ārabbha siñcanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, sāṇattikaṃ , appāṇake sappāṇakasaññino, ubhosu vematikassa dukkaṭaṃ. Appāṇakasaññino, asañcicca assatiyā vā siñcantassa, ajānantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Udakassa sappāṇakatā, ‘‘siñcanena pāṇakā marissantī’’ti jānanaṃ, tañca udakaṃ tādisameva, vinā vadhakacetanāya yena kenaci karaṇīyena tiṇādīnaṃ siñcananti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisāni, idaṃ pana paṇṇattivajjaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
1. 教诫学处注释
1. Ovādasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
教诫品第一,未获许可者:指世尊以白四甘马(波逸提 146)开许授予具足八法比丘的比丘尼教诫许可,而未获此许可者。若教诫者:指以教诫的方式,对比丘尼僧团、众多比丘尼或一位比丘尼,宣说“即使戒腊百年的比丘尼,也应对当日受具足戒的比丘行礼拜、起迎、合掌、恭敬之礼”等八敬法(小品 403)。波逸提:于教诫语结束时即犯波逸提。
Ovādavaggassa paṭhame asammatoti yā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatassa bhikkhuno bhagavatā ñatticatutthena kammena (pāci. 146) bhikkhunovādakasammuti anuññātā, tāya asammato. Ovadeyyāti bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vā sambahulā vā ekaṃ bhikkhuniṃ vā ‘‘vassasatūpasampannāya bhikkhuniyā tadahupasampannassa bhikkhuno abhivādanaṃ paccuṭṭhānaṃ añjalikammaṃ sāmīcikammaṃ kātabba’’nti ādike (cūḷava. 403) aṭṭha garudhamme ovādavasena osārento ovadeyya. Pācittiyanti ovādapariyosāne pācittiyaṃ.
于舍卫城,缘六群比丘而制此教诫之学处,为非共通的制立,非无命令;若以八重法之外的法教诫比丘尼,或教诫仅得具足戒而未圆满者,犯恶作。虽是已得认可者,若其认可之羯磨为非法羯磨,对该非法羯磨作非法想,于别众的比丘尼僧团中教诫,犯三波逸提;对非法羯磨疑惑者、对非法羯磨作法想者,亦同,合为九波逸提;若于和合比丘尼僧团等情形中,以非法羯磨而教诫,则有十八波逸提。然而,若该羯磨是法羯磨,则‘于法羯磨作法想,于和合比丘尼僧团作和合想而教诫’(波逸提一五一),以此最后一句为参照,依同类方法有十七恶作;宣说‘尊者们,僧团和合’时,却说其他法;宣说‘尊者们,僧团别众’时,却说八重法;以及未付嘱教诫而说其他法者,唯犯恶作。然若比丘于法羯磨作法想,于和合比丘尼僧团作和合想而教诫,授与八重法诵本,行遍问,于被言‘尊者,请令入’时而令入,于被问问题时作解说,为比丘尼众讲说其他事,或为在学尼、沙弥尼说法,以及为疯癫者等,皆无犯。未得认可、比丘尼圆满受具足戒、以教诫说八重法,此为其中的三要素。其余等起等,与句净戒相似。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye bhikkhū ārabbha ovadanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, asādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, aññena vā dhammena bhikkhunīsu upasampannamattaṃ vā ovadato dukkaṭaṃ. Sammatassāpi tañce sammutikammaṃ adhammakammaṃ hoti, tasmiṃ adhammakamme adhammakammasaññino vagge bhikkhunisaṅghe ovadato tikapācittiyaṃ, tathā vematikassa dhammakammasaññino cāti nava pācittiyāni, samaggepi bhikkhunisaṅghena vāti adhammakammavasena aṭṭhārasa. Sace pana taṃ dhammakammaṃ hoti, ‘‘dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī samaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ samaggasaññī ovadatī’’ti (pāci. 151) idaṃ avasānapadaṃ ṭhapetvā teneva nayena sattarasa dukkaṭāni, ‘‘samaggamhāyyā’’ti ca vutte aññaṃ dhammaṃ, ‘‘vaggamhāyyā’’ti ca vutte aṭṭha garudhamme bhaṇantassa, ovādañca aniyyātetvā aññaṃ dhammaṃ bhaṇantassa dukkaṭameva. Yo pana dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī samaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ samaggasaññī ovadati, garudhammapāḷiṃ uddesaṃ deti, paripucchaṃ deti, ‘‘osārehi ayyā’’ti vuccamāno osāreti, pañhaṃ puṭṭho katheti, bhikkhunīnaṃ suṇamānānaṃ aññassatthāya bhaṇati, sikkhamānāya vā sāmaṇeriyā vā bhaṇati, tassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Asammatatā, bhikkhuniyā paripuṇṇūpasampannatā, ovādavasena aṭṭhagarudhammabhaṇananti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni padasodhammasadisānevāti.
2. 日没学处注释
2. Atthaṅgatasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
于第二项中,‘应教诫’者:即使是被认可者,若以八重法或在此之外的其余法进行教诫,亦犯波逸提。
Dutiye ovadeyyāti aṭṭhagarudhammehi vā aññena vā dhammena ovadantassa sammatassāpi pācittiyameva.
于舍卫城,缘具寿小路,制此日没后教诫之学处,为非共通的制立,非无命令,属三波逸提;于日没时,作日没想或疑惑者,教诫仅一者受具足戒者,犯恶作。如前一学处,以授与等方式而行则无犯。日没、圆满受具足戒、教诫,此为其中的三要素。其余等起等,与句净戒相似。
Sāvatthiyaṃ āyasmantaṃ cūḷapanthakaṃ ārabbha atthaṅgate sūriye ovadanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, asādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, sūriye atthaṅgate atthaṅgatasaññino vematikassa vā, ekatoupasampannaṃ ovadantassa ca dukkaṭaṃ. Purimasikkhāpade viya uddesādinayena anāpatti. Atthaṅgatasūriyatā, paripuṇṇūpasampannatā, ovadananti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni padasodhammasadisānevāti.
三、比丘尼住处学处注释
3. Bhikkhunupassayasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第三项中,“比丘尼住处”,指比丘尼一夜的住处。“应教诫”,在此是指唯以重法教诫者犯波逸提。然而,若比丘未被认可,则犯二波逸提;若日落时仍在教诫,则犯三波逸提。但已被认可者即使在夜间教诫,也仅犯二波逸提。因已被认可之故,比丘不犯以重法教诫为根本的波逸提。“病者”,指因不能为听受教诫或共住而前往者。
Tatiye bhikkhunupassayanti bhikkhuniyā ekarattaṃ vasanaṭṭhānampi. Ovadeyyāti idha garudhammehi ovadantasseva pācittiyaṃ. Sace pana asammato hoti, dve pācittiyāni. Sace pana sūriyepi atthaṅgate ovadati, tīṇi honti. Sammatassa pana rattiṃ ovadantassapi dve eva honti. Sammatattā hi bhikkhussa garudhammovādamūlakaṃ pācittiyaṃ natthi. Gilānāti na sakkoti ovādāya vā saṃvāsāya vā gantuṃ.
于释迦族,针对六群比丘前往比丘尼住处教诫之事而制定。“除适时外”,是此处随制,为不共制立,并非无命令,属三波逸提。若人对未受具足戒者生起已受具足戒想,或心存疑惑,以任何法教诫一受具足戒者、以其他法教诫余者,犯恶作。于适时、对未受具足戒者,以及如前所学处以授与等方式而行,则无犯。前往住处、圆满受具足戒、非适时、以重法教诫,是此处的四要素。等起等方式与第一咖提那学处相似,唯此是作业。
Sakkesu chabbaggiye bhikkhū ārabbha bhikkhunupassayaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ovadanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, ‘‘aññatra samayā’’ti ayamettha anupaññatti, asādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, anupasampannāya upasampannasaññino vematikassa vā, ekatoupasampannaṃ yena kenaci, itaraṃ aññena dhammena ovadantassa ca dukkaṭaṃ. Samaye, anupasampannāya, purimasikkhāpade viya uddesādinayena ca anāpatti. Upassayūpagamanaṃ, paripuṇṇūpasampannatā, samayābhāvo, garudhammehi ovadananti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni paṭhamakathinasadisāni, idaṃ pana kiriyaṃ hotīti.
四、资具学处注释
4. Āmisasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第四,“因利养故”,指因衣等其中一种原因。“比丘”,此处意指已被认可之比丘。“波逸提”,指对如此被认可的比丘,出于毁谤之心而如此说者,犯波逸提。
Catutthe āmisahetūti cīvarādīnaṃ aññatarahetu. Bhikkhūti sammatā bhikkhū idhādhippetā. Pācittiyanti evarūpe bhikkhū avaṇṇakāmatāya evaṃ bhaṇantassa pācittiyaṃ.
于舍卫城,针对六群比丘,因涉及“为了利养而教诫”的说法而制定。此学处为不共通制立,非无命令;于如法羯磨中说者,犯三波逸提;于非法羯磨中说者,犯三恶作。对未被认可之受具足戒者,及对非受具足戒者,无论此人被认可与否,如此说者唯犯恶作。其中,若比丘适时获得认可,尚住沙弥位,即名为被认可之非受具足戒者。然而,若对通常因衣等物而教诫者如此说,以及疯癫者等,则无犯。构成此犯的四要素为:受具足戒、依法获得认可、非无利养、以欲毁谤而说。其等起等与“不与取”相似,然此为苦受。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye bhikkhū ārabbha ‘‘āmisahetu ovadantī’’ti bhaṇanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, asādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, dhammakamme tikapācittiyaṃ, adhammakamme tikadukkaṭaṃ, asammataṃ upasampannañca, anupasampannañca sammataṃ vā asammataṃ vā evaṃ bhaṇantassa dukkaṭameva. Tattha yo bhikkhu kāle sammutiṃ labhitvā sāmaṇerabhūmiyaṃ saṇṭhito, ayaṃ sammato nāma anupasampanno. Pakatiyā cīvarādihetu ovadantaṃ pana evaṃ bhaṇantassa , ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Upasampannatā, dhammena laddhasammutitā, anāmisantaratā, avaṇṇakāmatāya evaṃ bhaṇananti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisāni, idaṃ pana dukkhavedanamevāti.
五、施衣学处注释
5. Cīvaradānasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第五,于舍卫城,针对某比丘,因施衣之事而制定。然而,此处的其余论说方式,应依“受衣学处”中所说的方法来了知。彼处以比丘为受者,此处以比丘尼为受者,仅此差别,其余相同。
Pañcame sāvatthiyaṃ aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ ārabbha cīvaradānavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sesakathāmaggo panettha cīvarappaṭiggahaṇasikkhāpade vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Tatra hi bhikkhu paṭiggāhako, idha bhikkhunī, ayaṃ viseso, sesaṃ tādisamevāti.
六、缝衣学处注释
6. Cīvarasibbanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第六,“衣”者,指可作下衣或上衣之物。“自缝或令缝”者,若自己缝,每进针、每出针,犯波逸提;即使刺百次而后一次出针,亦唯犯一个波逸提。若被告知“缝”,即使令他人完成所有针线活,下令者唯犯一个波逸提。若被吩咐“此衣所需作的一切,悉由你负责”而令他完成,则每进出针一次,下令者犯一个波逸提。若下令者以一言令多人,或再三命令,则无犯。
Chaṭṭhe cīvaranti nivāsanapārupanupagaṃ. Sibbeyya vā sibbāpeyyā vāti ettha sayaṃ sibbantassa sūciṃ pavesetvā pavesetvā nīharaṇe pācittiyaṃ, satakkhattumpi vijjhitvā sakiṃ nīharantassa ekameva pācittiyaṃ. ‘Sibbā’ti vutto pana sacepi sabbaṃ sūcikammaṃ niṭṭhāpeti, āṇāpakassa ekameva pācittiyaṃ. Atha ‘‘yaṃ ettha cīvare kattabbaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ tava bhāro’’ti vutto niṭṭhāpeti, tassa ārāpathe ārāpathe pācittiyaṃ. Āṇāpakassa ekavācāya sambahulānipi, punappunaṃ āṇattiyaṃ pana vattabbameva natthi.
于舍卫城,因优陀夷长老而制,制于缝衣之事。此是不共制,有命令,三句波逸提。若非亲属而作亲属想,或心有疑惑,与一位已受具戒者一同缝衣者,犯恶作。缝制其他袋等资具、为亲属缝制、为在学尼与沙弥尼缝衣者,乃至疯癫者等,皆无犯。所缝之物为非亲属比丘尼所有、适于穿着披覆,具足所述特征而缝制或令缝制,此为其中三要素。源起等与媒介学处相同。
Sāvatthiyaṃ udāyittheraṃ ārabbha cīvarasibbanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, asādhāraṇapaññatti, sāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, ñātikāya aññātikasaññino vā vematikassa vā, ekatoupasampannāya sibbantassa ca dukkaṭaṃ. Aññaṃ thavikādiparikkhāraṃ sibbantassa, ñātikāya, sikkhamānasāmaṇerīnañca cīvarampi sibbantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā santakatā , nivāsanapārupanupagatā, vuttalakkhaṇaṃ sibbanaṃ vā sibbāpanaṃ vāti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni sañcarittasadisānevāti.
七、共同学处注释
7. Saṃvidhānasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第七句中,“约定”即共谋,意为出发时作了约定。“同一旅途道路”即一条称为旅途的道路,或共同走上旅途道路。“应与商队同行”即应与商队一同行走,其余文义浅显。然此处抉择如下:在不净地共谋者,因共谋之缘,先得恶作。此处,除比丘尼住处、内园、讲堂、外道卧处外,余皆为不净地,意谓立于彼处而共谋。共谋之后,若未取消诸如“今日或明日”等确定时间的约定,然而即便已取消门约定或路约定,与比丘尼同行者,只要尚未踏入人们所设立“此是彼之界内”的、即便相邻他村界内,则无犯。但若踏入彼界,第一脚恶作,第二脚波逸提,如此依所踏入村界之数得波逸提。若超过半由旬,于无村庄之处,则依半由旬之数得波逸提。
Sattame saṃvidhāyāti saṃvidahitvā, gamanakāle saṅketaṃ katvāti attho. Ekaddhānamagganti ekaṃ addhānasaṅkhātaṃ maggaṃ, ekato vā addhānamaggaṃ. Satthagamanīyoti satthena saddhiṃ gantabbo, sesaṃ uttānapadatthameva. Ayaṃ panettha vinicchayo – akappiyabhūmiyaṃ saṃvidahantassa saṃvidahanapaccayā tāva dukkaṭaṃ. Tattha ṭhapetvā bhikkhunupassayaṃ antarārāmaṃ āsanasālaṃ titthiyaseyyañca sesā akappiyabhūmi, tattha ṭhatvā saṃvidahantassāti attho. Saṃvidahitvā pana ‘‘ajja vā sve vā’’ti niyamitaṃ kālaṃ visaṅketaṃ akatvā, dvāravisaṅketaṃ pana maggavisaṅketaṃ vā katvāpi bhikkhuniyā saddhiṃ gacchantassa yāva āsannassāpi aññassa gāmassa ‘‘ayaṃ imassa upacāro’’ti manussehi ṭhapitaṃ upacāraṃ na okkamati, tāva anāpatti. Taṃ okkamantassa pana paṭhamapāde dukkaṭaṃ, dutiyapāde pācittiyaṃ, iti gāmūpacārokkamanagaṇanāya pācittiyāni. Addhayojanātikkame pana gāme asati addhayojanagaṇanāya pācittiyaṃ.
于舍卫城,因六群比丘而制,制于同行同一旅途道路事中;“除适时外”是此处之随制。此是不共制,无命令,三句波逸提。对未共谋而作共谋想,或有疑者,以及比丘尼未共谋而仅自己共谋者,得恶作。于适时共谋而行者、自己未共谋者、已取消约定者、遇灾厄而行者,以及疯癫者等,无犯。二者共谋后行路,未取消约定,非适时,非灾厄,踏入村界或超过半由旬,此为其中五要素。然而,与一位已受具戒者等同行,依与女人学处得罪;是旅途起源;是作为;非想解脱;非有心;制戒罪;身业;语业;三心;三受。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye bhikkhū ārabbha ekaddhānamaggappaṭipajjanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, ‘‘aññatra samayā’’ti ayamettha anupaññatti, asādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, asaṃvidahite saṃvidahitasaññino vematikassa vā, yo ca bhikkhuniyā asaṃvidahantiyā kevalaṃ attanāva saṃvidahati, tassa dukkaṭaṃ. Samaye saṃvidahitvāpi gacchantassa, attanā asaṃvidahantassa, visaṅketena vā, āpadāsu gacchantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Dvinnampi saṃvidahitvā maggappaṭipatti, avisaṅketatā, samayābhāvo, anāpadā, gāmantarokkamanaṃ vā addhayojanātikkamo vāti imānettha pañca aṅgāni. Ekatoupasampannādīhi pana saddhiṃ mātugāmasikkhāpadena āpatti, addhānasamuṭṭhānaṃ, kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
八、登船学处注释
8. Nāvābhiruhanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第八,“约定”意指以游戏为先而共谋,在登船时作出约定。“向上游者”即因游戏而向上逆流而行者。“向下游者”即同样向下顺流而行者。但若为抵达渡口而向上或向下运载,此中无犯。“除横渡外”是目的格处所格,意为除横渡外。犯波逸提者:若沿有村庄的岸而行,依所经村界之数定罪;若沿无村庄的岸而行,或沿宽度为一由旬的河中央而行,则依所经半由旬之数得波逸提;然而,在海中则可随意而行。
Aṭṭhame saṃvidhāyāti kīḷāpurekkhāro saṃvidahitvā, abhiruhanakāle saṅketaṃ katvāti attho. Uddhaṃgāmininti kīḷāvasena uddhaṃ nadiyā paṭisotaṃ gacchantiṃ. Adhogāmininti tatheva adho anusotaṃ gacchantiṃ. Yaṃ pana titthappaṭipādanatthaṃ uddhaṃ vā adho vā haranti, ettha anāpatti. Aññatra tiriyaṃ taraṇāyāti upayogatthe nissakkavacanaṃ, yā tiriyaṃ taraṇā, taṃ ṭhapetvāti attho. Pācittiyanti sagāmakatīrapassena gamanakāle gāmantaragaṇanāya, agāmakatīrapassena vā yojanavitthatāya nadiyā majjhena vā gamanakāle addhayojanagaṇanāya pācittiyaṃ, samudde pana yathāsukhaṃ gantuṃ vaṭṭati.
此学处乃于舍卫城,因六群比丘登船之事而制定;“除横渡外”是此处的随制;其余应如前学处所说方式了知。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye bhikkhū ārabbha nāvābhiruhanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, ‘‘aññatra tiriyaṃ taraṇāyā’’ti ayamettha anupaññatti, sesaṃ anantarasikkhāpade vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.
九、教化学处解释
9. Paripācitasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第九,“比丘尼所教化”即由比丘尼所教化,意为:比丘尼在那比丘和自己的亲属、受邀者之外的在家者面前,称赞比丘的功德,如是促成“请布施尊者,请为尊者作”,从而获得应施之物。“除先前在家者之筹备”中,“筹备”即已筹办之物。在家者之筹备,指在家者所筹办的食物,即在比丘尼教化之前,最先为比丘尼的利益而准备的,或属于亲属及受邀者所有者。除此之外,知而食者,波逸提。此中,依吞咽之数得罪;于接受时犯恶作。
Navame bhikkhuniparipācitanti bhikkhuniyā paripācitaṃ, neva tassa nāttano ñātakappavāritānaṃ gihīnaṃ santike bhikkhussa guṇaṃ pakāsetvā ‘‘detha ayyassa, karotha ayyassā’’ti evaṃ nipphāditaṃ laddhabbaṃ katanti attho. Pubbe gihisamārambhāti ettha samārambhoti samāraddhaṃ, paṭiyāditassetaṃ nāmaṃ. Gihīnaṃ samārambho gihisamārambho, bhikkhuniyā paripācanato pubbe paṭhamataraṃyeva yaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ atthāya gihīnaṃ paṭiyāditabhattaṃ, ñātakappavāritānaṃ vā santakaṃ, taṃ ṭhapetvā aññaṃ jānaṃ bhuñjantassa pācittiyanti attho. Tañca kho ajjhoharaṇagaṇanāya, paṭiggahaṇe panassa dukkaṭaṃ.
于王舍城,因提婆达多而制定,制定于食用比丘尼所教化钵食之事中;‘除先前在家者之筹备外’为此处之随制;此为不共制;无命令;食用一位已具足戒者所教化之食,于未教化作教化想者,于二者疑惑者,犯恶作。于二者作未教化想者、在家者所筹备、在学尼与沙弥尼等所教化、除五种嚼食外之余食,及疯癫者等,皆无犯。比丘尼之教化性、知教化之状态、无在家者筹备、米饭等任一种食、彼之吞咽,此为其中五要素。起源等与第一波罗夷相似,然此为制戒罪,三心,三受。
Rājagahe devadattaṃ ārabbha bhikkhuniparipācitapiṇḍapātabhuñjanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, ‘‘aññatra pubbe gihisamārambhā’’ti ayamettha anupaññatti, asādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, ekatoupasampannāya paripācitaṃ bhuñjantassa , aparipācite paripācitasaññino, ubhayattha vematikassa ca dukkaṭaṃ. Ubhayattha aparipācitasaññino, gihisamārambhe, sikkhamānasāmaṇerādīhi paripācite, pañca bhojanāni ṭhapetvā avasese, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Bhikkhuniyā paripācitatā, paripācitabhāvajānanaṃ, gihisamārambhābhāvo, odanādīnaṃ aññataratā, tassa ajjhoharaṇanti imānettha pañca aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni paṭhamapārājikasaasāni, idaṃ pana paṇṇattivajjaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
十、屏处坐卧学处释义
10. Rahonisajjasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第十之中,一切论法之途径,应如第二不定中所说之法而了知。盖此学处与第二不定及上乌巴难达之第四学处,为同一分界,然由事缘之别,故别别制定。
Dasame sabbopi kathāmaggo dutiyaaniyate vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Idañhi sikkhāpadaṃ dutiyaaniyatena ca upari upanandassa catutthasikkhāpadena ca ekaparicchedaṃ, aṭṭhuppattivasena pana visuṃ paññattanti.
四、食品
4. Bhojanavaggo
一、住处学处释
1. Āvasathasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
《食物品》第一:‘无病者’指有能力行走半由旬的人。‘一’指一日。‘住处食’是指由希求功德者在厅堂等处,不指定‘给这些人或给这么多人’的特定外道,也不指定‘仅此数量’的特定食物,而普遍施设的食物。‘应受用’是指:由一个家族或多个家族共同施设,或在一处或多处,或在不定处如‘今天此处,明天彼处’而施设的,应仅在一处受用一日。若超过此限,从第二天起,无论在该处或它处,接受属于他们的食物,犯恶作;每吞咽一口,犯波逸提。
Bhojanavaggassa paṭhame agilānenāti addhayojanampi gantuṃ samatthena. Ekoti ekadivasiko. Āvasathapiṇḍoti ‘‘imesaṃ vā ettakānaṃ vā’’ti ekaṃ pāsaṇḍaṃ vā, ‘‘ettakamevā’’ti evaṃ bhattaṃ vā anodissa sālādīsu yattha katthaci puññakāmehi paññattaṃ bhojanaṃ. Bhuñjitabboti ekakulena vā nānākulehi vā ekato hutvā ekasmiṃ vā ṭhāne, nānāṭhānesu vā ‘‘ajja ekasmiṃ, sve ekasmi’’nti evaṃ aniyataṭṭhāne vā paññatto ekasmiṃ ṭhāne ekadivasameva bhuñjitabbo. Tato ce uttarīti dutiyadivasato paṭṭhāya tasmiṃ vā ṭhāne aññasmiṃ vā ṭhāne tesaṃ santakassa paṭiggahaṇe dukkaṭaṃ, ajjhohāre ajjhohāre pācittiyaṃ.
在舍卫城,针对六群比丘,因他们住下后受用住处食的事件而制定。此处的‘无病者’是补充制定,属共通制定,非由他人令作,有三句波逸提。若对无病者生起无病想或疑惑,犯恶作。若对有病者生起有病想,以及仅受用一次者,或去程中途中一日、到达处一日、回程中途中一日、返回处一日,或心想‘我将去’而受用后出发,因某种障碍折返,知安全后再去,又受用一日,或施主邀请后施食,或仅为比丘们施设而非随意取用,或除五种正食外受用其他食物,以及疯癫者等,不犯。住处食性、无病性、住下后受用,是这里的三项要素。起源等与羊毛学处相同。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye bhikkhū ārabbha anuvasitvā āvasathapiṇḍabhuñjanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, ‘‘agilānenā’’ti ayamettha anupaññatti, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, gilānassa agilānasaññino vematikassa vā dukkaṭaṃ. Gilānassa gilānasaññino, yo ca sakiṃ bhuñjati, gacchanto vā antarāmagge ekadivasaṃ , gataṭṭhāne ekadivasaṃ, paccāgantopi antarāmagge ekadivasaṃ, āgataṭṭhāne ekadivasaṃ, gamissāmī’ti ca bhuñjitvā nikkhanto kenaci upaddavena nivattitvā khemabhāvaṃ ñatvā gacchanto puna ekadivasaṃ bhuñjati, yassa vā sāmikā nimantetvā denti, yo vā bhikkhūnaṃyeva uddissa paññattaṃ, na yāvadatthaṃ paññattaṃ, ṭhapetvā vā pañca bhojanāni aññaṃ bhuñjati, tassa ca, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Āvasathapiṇḍatā, agilānatā, anuvasitvā paribhojananti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni eḷakalomasikkhāpadasadisānīti.
二、众食学处释义
2. Gaṇabhojanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第二,众食:指群体的食物。此处‘群体’指四位或四位以上比丘,通过他们的邀请或请求而获得的米饭等五种食物中的任何一种。其中的判断如下:若有任何人走近四位比丘,以任何同义词或不同语言,提及五种食物的名称,以‘我以米饭邀请,请接受我的米饭’等方式邀请,若他们如此在相同或不同处被邀请,相同或不同处前往,同一处接受,之后相同或不同处食用,即成众食。此处以接受为判定标准。若提及米饭等名称,在相同或不同处请求后,前往同一处接受,如此也是众食。这两种情况,在接受时犯恶作,每吞咽一口犯波逸提。在病时等情况中,当脚掌破裂乃至不能行乞时,这是病时。已出雨安居者五个月,其余者为迦提月,这是衣时。当比丘正在做衣,从事任何应做之衣的工作时,这是作衣时。当想去、正去或已行至半由旬时,这是行路时。登船时也同理。当行境村中四位比丘行乞后不能维生时,这是大众时。当任何出家者以食物邀请时,这是沙门食时;在这些时候受用是许可的。
Dutiye gaṇabhojaneti gaṇassa bhojane. Idha ca gaṇoti cattāro vā tatuttari vā bhikkhū , tesaṃ nimantanato vā viññattito vā laddhe odanādīnaṃ pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññatarabhojaneti attho. Tatthāyaṃ vinicchayo – sace hi koci cattāro bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā yena kenaci vevacanena vā bhāsantarena vā pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ nāmaṃ gahetvā ‘‘odanena nimantemi, odanaṃ me gaṇhathā’’tiādinā nayena nimanteti, te ce evaṃ ekato vā nānāto vā nimantitā ekato vā nānāto vā gantvā ekato gaṇhanti, pacchā ekato vā nānāto vā bhuñjanti, gaṇabhojanaṃ hoti. Paṭiggahaṇameva hettha pamāṇaṃ. Sace odanādīnaṃ nāmaṃ gahetvā ekato vā nānāto vā viññāpetvā ca gantvā ca ekato gaṇhanti, evampi gaṇabhojanameva. Tassa duvidhassāpi evaṃ paṭiggahaṇe dukkaṭaṃ, ajjhohāre ajjhohāre pācittiyaṃ. Gilānasamayādīsu yadā pādānampi phalitattā na sakkā piṇḍāya carituṃ, ayaṃ gilānasamayo. Atthatakathinānaṃ pañca māsā, itaresaṃ kattikamāsoti ayaṃ cīvaradānasamayo. Yadā yo cīvare kariyamāne kiñcideva cīvare kattabbaṃ kammaṃ karoti, ayaṃ cīvarakārasamayo. Yadā addhayojanampi gantukāmo vā hoti gacchati vā gato vā, ayaṃ addhānagamanasamayo. Nāvābhiruhanasamayepi eseva nayo. Yadā gocaragāme cattāro bhikkhū piṇḍāya caritvā na yāpenti, ayaṃ mahāsamayo. Yadā yokoci pabbajito bhattena nimanteti, ayaṃ samaṇabhattasamayo, etesu samayesu bhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati.
在王舍城,因提婆达多受请而食的因缘而制定。“除适时以外”是这里的七番随制,属共通制定,非令作而成,三句波逸提。于非众食,若作众食想或心存疑惑者,恶作。若非众食想,以及二三人共同受取、多人行乞后共一处食者,于常食等、除五种食物以外的一切,乃至痴狂者等,不犯。众食性、无适时、吞咽,是这里的三项要素。源起等与羊毛学处相同。
Rājagahe devadattaṃ ārabbha viññāpetvā bhuñjanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, ‘‘aññatra samayā’’ti ayamettha sattavidhā anupaññatti, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, nagaṇabhojane gaṇabhojanasaññissa vematikassa vā dukkaṭaṃ. Nagaṇabhojanasaññissa pana, ye ca dve tayo ekato gaṇhanti, bahūnaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā ekato bhuñjantānaṃ, niccabhattikādīsu, pañca bhojanāni ṭhapetvā sabbattha, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Gaṇabhojanatā, samayābhāvo, ajjhoharaṇanti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni eḷakalomasadisānevāti.
三、辗转食学处释义
3. Paramparabhojanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第三,辗转食:即按照众食中所说的方法,受五种食物邀请后,对最初被邀请者的食物,不按次第、亦未作净而转受后续他人的食物。因此,若有比丘在五位同法者中,对其中一位,当面说“我把我的食份给你”或“我作净”,或背面对他人说“我给某某”或“我作净”,如此不对最初的邀请作净,而后于被邀请之家接受施食,哪怕仅吞下一粒米,亦犯波逸提。诸适时如前所述。
Tatiye paramparabhojaneti gaṇabhojane vuttanayeneva pañcahi bhojanehi nimantitassa yena yena paṭhamaṃ nimantito, tassa tassa bhojanato uppaṭipāṭiyā vā avikappetvā vā parassa parassa bhojane. Tasmā yo bhikkhu pañcasu sahadhammikesu aññatarassa ‘‘mayhaṃ bhattapaccāsaṃ tuyhaṃ dammī’’ti vā ‘‘vikappemī’’ti vā evaṃ sammukhā vā ‘‘itthannāmassa dammī’’ti (pāci. 226) vā ‘‘vikappemī’’ti vā evaṃ parammukhāvā paṭhamanimantanaṃ avikappetvā pacchā nimantitakule laddhabhikkhato ekasitthampi ajjhoharati, pācittiyaṃ. Samayā vuttanayā eva.
在毘舍离,因众多比丘的因缘,依非别请食事而制定。“除适时以外”是这里的三种随制;而在《附随》中,将“指定”也一并计入,说为“四种随制”(附随86)。此为不共制、非令作、三句波逸提。于非辗转食,若作辗转食想或心存疑惑者,恶作。若非辗转食想者,以及于适时、或经指定后、或将同一关联的二三项邀请合为一处而食、或依邀请次第而食、或被全村或全僧团邀请而于其中任意一处取食、或于正受邀请时说“我将取食”者,于常施食等、除五种正食以外的一切处,乃至痴狂者等,不犯。辗转食性、非适时、吞咽,是这里的三支。其等起等与第一戒——咖提那戒相同,唯此处兼有作与无作。
Vesāliyaṃ sambahule bhikkhū ārabbha aññatra nimantitabhojanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, ‘‘aññatra samayā’’ti ayamettha tividhā anupaññatti, parivāre pana vikappanampi gahetvā ‘‘catasso anupaññattiyo’’ti (pari. 86) vuttaṃ, asādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, naparamparabhojane paramparabhojanasaññino vematikassa vā dukkaṭaṃ. Naparamparabhojanasaññissa pana, yo ca samaye vā vikappetvā vā ekasaṃsaṭṭhāni vā dve tīṇi nimantanāni ekato vā katvā bhuñjati, nimantanappaṭipāṭiyā bhuñjati, sakalena gāmena vā pūgena vā nimantito tesu yatthakatthaci bhuñjati, nimantiyamāno vā ‘‘bhikkhaṃ gahessāmī’’ti vadati, tassa, niccabhattikādīsu, pañca bhojanāni ṭhapetvā sabbattha, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Paramparabhojanatā, samayābhāvo, ajjhoharaṇanti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni paṭhamakathinasadisāneva, idaṃ pana kiriyākiriyanti.
四、迦纳母学处释义
4. Kāṇamātāsikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第四戒中,“以饼”:指为赠礼而准备的任何嚼食,如极甘美的糖丸、粉片等。“以炒粉”:指为路粮而准备的任何炒谷、芝麻、米粉等。“二三个满钵”:指未超过钵口下缘线的满钵,或二钵或三钵。“若从此过量”:若取第三个钵并堆出尖顶,则依超过钵口下缘线以上的饼数,犯波逸提。“接受了二三个满钵”:此处,若有人已取二钵,见到其他比丘后,应说:“我在此处已取二满钵,你当取一钵。”此人若见其他比丘,亦应说:“先来者已取二满钵,我已取一钵,你莫取。”若有人先取一钵,其辗转告知之法亦同。若有人自己取了三钵,见他人后,应说:“你莫在此接受。”若不告知而取,犯恶作;闻彼言后仍取者,亦犯恶作。“应从彼处取出,与诸比丘共分”:从接受之处,至附近一切食堂、或寺院、或常返回之处,于其中一处放置一满钵自用,其余应施与比丘僧。然不得随意施与友人。若有人仅取一钵,不应勉强施与任何物,可随意而行。
Catutthe pūvehīti paheṇakatthāya paṭiyattehi atirasakamodakasakkhalikādīhi yehi kehici khajjakehi. Manthehīti pātheyyatthāya paṭiyattehi yehi kehici sattutilataṇḍulādīhi. Dvattipattapūrāti mukhavaṭṭiyā heṭṭhimalekhaṃ anatikkantā dve vā tayo vā pattapūrā. Tato ce uttarīti sacepi tatiyaṃ pattaṃ thūpīkataṃ gaṇhāti, mukhavaṭṭiyā heṭṭhimalekhato upariṭṭhitapūvagaṇanāya pācittiyaṃ. Dvattipattapūre paṭiggahetvāti ettha yena dve gahitā honti, tena bahi bhikkhuṃ disvā ‘‘ettha mayā dve pattapūrā gahitā, tvaṃ ekaṃ gaṇheyyāsī’’ti vattabbaṃ, tenāpi aññaṃ passitvā ‘‘paṭhamaṃ āgatena dve pattapūrā gahitā, mayā eko gahito, tvaṃ mā gaṇhī’’ti vattabbaṃ. Yena paṭhamaṃ eko gahito , tassāpi paramparārocane eseva nayo. Yena pana sayameva tayo gahitā, tena aññaṃ disvā ‘‘mā kho tvaṃ ettha paṭiggaṇhīti vattabbaṃ, avadantassa dukkaṭaṃ, taṃ sutvā gaṇhantassāpi dukkaṭameva. Tato nīharitvā bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ saṃvibhajitabbanti laddhaṭṭhānato sabbāsannaṃ āsanasālaṃ vā vihāraṃ vā yattha vā pana nibaddhaṃ paṭikkamati, tattha gantvā ekaṃ pattapūraṃ attano ṭhapetvā sesaṃ bhikkhusaṅghassa dātabbaṃ. Yathāmittaṃ pana dātuṃ na labbhati. Yena eko gahito, na tena kiñci akāmā dātabbaṃ, yathāruci kātabbaṃ.
于舍卫城,因众多比丘而制:在不知量而接受的情况下制定,此是共制,无命令,三语犯波逸提。在不足二三个满钵时,若作过量想或疑惑者,犯恶作。若作不足想,以及非为赠礼、非为路粮而准备,或为彼目的准备后所剩余者,或行程已取消,或由亲属、受请者给予,或以自财物取用者,及疯狂者等,无犯。具备所述特征的饼与炒粉、非剩余、行程未取消、非不知[施主]等、过量接受——这是此处的五支。其等起等,与媒介戒相同。
Sāvatthiyaṃ sambahule bhikkhū ārabbha na mattaṃ jānitvā paṭiggahaṇavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, ūnakadvattipattapūre atirekasaññissa vematikassa vā dukkaṭaṃ. Ūnakasaññissa pana, na paheṇakatthāya na pātheyyatthāya vā paṭiyattaṃ, tadatthāya paṭiyattasesakaṃ vā, gamane vā paṭippassaddhe, ñātakappavāritānaṃ vā dentānaṃ, attano dhanena gaṇhantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Vuttalakkhaṇapūvamanthatā, asesakatā, appaṭippassaddhagamanatā, anaññātakāditā, atirekappaṭiggahaṇanti imānettha pañca aṅgāni, samuṭṭhānādīni sañcarittasadisānevāti.
五、第一自恣学处注释
5. Paṭhamapavāraṇāsikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第五戒中,“已食者”:即已食者,凡吞咽五种食物乃至芥子许量者,即得此称。“已受请满足者”:依律文所说“食可见,食物可见,立于手距内递送,拒绝可见”(波逸提239)的五支而作受请满足,意为已作拒绝。这其中,由“食可见”故,以彼说未完成食者为“已受请满足”。而凡未完成食者,有部分已食、部分未食,就其所食之部分而言,亦可名为“已食者”。因此,我们不见“已食者”一词能单独成就任何义理。应知此如同“二夜三夜”等(波逸提52)中的“二夜”等词,是作为“受请满足”一词的附属,为文句流畅而说。
Pañcame bhuttāvīti bhuttavā, yena pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ sāsapamattampi ajjhoharitaṃ, so evaṃ vuccati. Pavāritoti ‘‘asanaṃ paññāyati, bhojanaṃ paññāyati, hatthapāse ṭhito abhiharati, paṭikkhepo paññāyatī’’ti (pāci. 239) evaṃ pāḷiyaṃ vuttapañcaṅgavasena katappavāraṇo, katappaṭikkhepoti attho. Tattha yasmā ‘‘asanaṃ paññāyatī’’ti iminā vippakatabhojano ‘pavārito’ti vutto. Yo ca vippakatabhojano, tena kiñci bhuttaṃ, kiñci abhuttaṃ, yañca bhuttaṃ, taṃ sandhāya ‘bhuttāvī’tipi saṅkhaṃ gacchati. Tasmā ‘bhuttāvī’tivacanena visuṃ kiñci atthasiddhiṃ na passāma, ‘‘dirattatiratta’’ntiādīsu (pāci. 52) pana dirattādivacanaṃ viya pavāritapadassa parivārabhāvena byañjanasiliṭṭhatāya cetaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
在受请满足支中,‘食可见’:指可见未完成之食,且此人正在食用该食,此为义。‘食物可见’:指可见足以受请满足之食物,即米饭等中任何一种应被拒绝的食物,此为义。‘立于手距内’:指施者持足以受请满足之食物,立于二肘半量之范围内,此为义。‘递送’:指若彼施者以身将该食物递送给彼,此为义。‘拒绝可见’:指可见拒绝,若彼比丘以身或语拒绝彼所递送之物,此为义。如此依五支而成为已受请满足者。
Pavāraṇaṅgesu pana asanaṃ paññāyatīti vippakatabhojanaṃ dissati, taṃ bhuñjamāno cesa puggalo hotīti attho. Bhojanaṃ paññāyatīti pavāraṇappahonakaṃ bhojanaṃ dissati, odanādīnaṃ ce aññataraṃ paṭikkhipitabbaṃ bhojanaṃ hotīti attho. Hatthapāse ṭhitoti pavāraṇappahonakaṃ ce bhojanaṃ gaṇhitvā dāyako aḍḍhateyyahatthappamāṇe okāse ṭhito hotīti attho . Abhiharatīti so ce dāyako tassa taṃ bhojanaṃ kāyena abhisaṃharatīti attho. Paṭikkhepo paññāyatīti paṭikkhepo dissati, taṃ ce abhihaṭaṃ so bhikkhu kāyena vā vācāya vā paṭikkhipatīti attho. Evaṃ pañcannaṃ aṅgānaṃ vasena pavārito hoti.
此中,裁决如下:关于“座位”等,首先,凡咀嚼之物,以及伸手所及处站立者奉上而拒绝的食物,应知即是饭、酸粥、炒面、鱼、肉等其中之一。其中,所谓“饭”,是指取稻、米、大麦、小麦、稷、穇子、鸠罗沙等这七种谷物的精米,无论意指“煮饭”还是“煮粥”而煮,如果食者在进食时,于所取热或冷之处显现了限量,即为饭,生起足食(拒绝再受食)。然而,若是粥或酸粥,仅从上面舀下尚热,能够搅拌而饮,于其以手所持之处不显现限量,则不生起足食。若热气消退变得浓稠,显现了限量,则再次生起足食,不保留先前的稀薄状态。即使放入许多叶花菜中,只要投入了哪怕一把米,进食时若显现限量,即生起足食。在无粥的邀请中,说“我将给粥”,于饭中倒入水粥、乳粥等说“请取粥”,即使稀薄,也生起足食。若放入煮过的水等中煮后给予,则归入粥的范畴。若粥中哪怕投入了芥子大小的鱼块或肉块或筋,也生起足食。除了上述与谷类相应的精米之外,以苇精米等或块根、果实等任何物所作之饭,不生起足食。所谓“酸粥”,是由大麦制成的。由绿豆等制成的酸粥,不生起足食。所谓“炒面”,是将七种谷物炒后制成的。乃至将未熟炒的米之精米捣碎所作的粉末或丸,也归入炒面的范畴。然而,将等熟炒的日晒干燥之丸,或任何精米、炒米,以及以炒米所作之饭、炒面等,皆不生起足食。在鱼肉之中,若饮粥者于仅余粥渣之处,给予两块鱼或肉,在同一器皿或不同器皿中,若他未咀嚼而拒绝了其他任何足以生起足食之物,则不生起足食。若吃了一块,一块在手中或钵中,若拒绝其他,则生起足食。若两块皆已吃,口中无芥子大小的残留,若拒绝其他,则不生起足食。若吃不适合的肉,或由败坏家族、行医、宣示上人法、贪著形相等产生的不适合食物时,拒绝其他适合或不适合之物,则不生起足食。
Tatrāyaṃ vinicchayo – ‘asana’ntiādīsu tāva yañca asnāti, yañca bhojanaṃ hatthapāse ṭhitena abhihaṭaṃ paṭikkhipati, taṃ odano kummāso sattu maccho maṃsanti imesaṃ aññatarameva veditabbaṃ. Tattha odano nāma sāli vīhi yavo godhumo kaṅgu varako kudrūsakoti imesaṃ sattannaṃ dhaññānaṃ taṇḍule gahetvā ‘‘bhattaṃ pacāmā’’ti vā ‘‘yāguṃ pacāmā’’ti vā yaṃkiñci sandhāya pacantu, sace uṇhaṃ vā sītalaṃ vā bhuñjantānaṃ bhojanakāle gahitagahitaṭṭhāne odhi paññāyati, odano hoti, pavāraṇaṃ janeti. Yo pana pāyāso vā ambilayāgu vā uddhanato otāritamattā abbhuṇhā sakkā hoti āvijjhitvā pivituṃ, sā yassa hatthena gahitokāsepi odhi na paññāyati, pavāraṇaṃ na janeti. Sace pana usumāya vigatāya ghanabhāvaṃ gacchati, odhiṃ dasseti, puna pavāraṇaṃ janeti, pubbe tanukabhāvo na rakkhati. Sacepi bahū paṇṇaphalakaḷīre pakkhipitvā muṭṭhimattāpi taṇḍulā pakkhittā honti, bhojanakāle ce odhi paññāyati, pavāraṇaṃ janeti. Ayāguke nimantane ‘‘yāguṃ dassāmā’’ti bhatte udakakañjikakhīrādīni ākiritvā ‘‘yāguṃ gaṇhathā’’ti denti, kiñcāpi tanukā hoti, pavāraṇaṃ janetiyeva. Sace pana pakkuthitesu udakādīsu pakkhipitvā pacitvā denti, yāgusaṅgahameva gacchati. Sace yāguyāpi sāsapamattampi macchamaṃsakkhaṇḍaṃ vā nhāru vā pakkhittaṃ hoti, pavāraṇaṃ janeti. Ṭhapetvā sānulomānaṃ vuttadhaññānaṃ taṇḍule aññehi veḷutaṇḍulādīhi vā kandamūlaphalehi vā yehi kehici katabhattaṃ pavāraṇaṃ na janeti. Kummāso nāma yavehi kato. Aññehi pana muggādīhi katakummāso pavāraṇaṃ na janeti. Sattu nāma satta dhaññāni bhajjitvā kato. Antamaso kharapākabhajjitānaṃ vīhīnaṃ taṇḍule koṭṭetvā katacuṇṇampi kuṇḍakampi sattusaṅgahameva gacchati. Samapākabhajjitānaṃ pana ātapasukkhānaṃ kuṇḍakaṃ vā, ye keci taṇḍulā vā lājā vā, lājehi katabhattasattuādīni vā na pavārenti. Macchamaṃsesu sace yāguṃ pivantassa yāgusitthamattāneva dve macchakkhaṇḍāni vā maṃsakkhaṇḍāni vā ekabhājane vā nānābhājane vā denti, tāni ce akhādanto aññaṃ pavāraṇappahonakaṃ yaṃkiñci paṭikkhipati, na pavāreti. Tato ekaṃ khāditaṃ, ekaṃ hatthe vā patte vā hoti, sace aññaṃ paṭikkhipati pavāreti. Dvepi khāditāni honti, mukhe sāsapamattampi avasiṭṭhaṃ natthi, sacepi aññaṃ paṭikkhipati, na pavāreti. Yo pana akappiyamaṃsaṃ kuladūsanavejjakammauttarimanussadhammārocanasāditarūpiyādīhi nibbattaṃ akappiyabhojanañca aññaṃ kappiyaṃ vā akappiyaṃ vā khādanto paṭikkhipati, na pavāreti.
如此,了知凡咀嚼之物,以及拒绝伸手所及处站立者奉上之食物而生起足食之后,现在为了了知它是如何发生的,应知此裁决:关于“座位、食物”,首先,凡因此哪怕吞下一口之物,如果钵、口、手中有任何食物,他有所求地拒绝了其他说明特征的食物,则生起足食。若他无所求,对于钵等中的残留物不想吞下,不想给别人,也不想走去别处吃,即使拒绝也不生起足食。关于“伸手所及处站立”,若比丘坐着,从坐垫后端起算;若站着,从足尖起算;若卧,从其所卧之侧的边缘起算,排除施主坐、立、卧时伸出的手,取最近的身体部位,以其近侧为界,两肘半应知为“伸手所及”。站在该范围内,只有拒绝奉上之物才生起足食,超过此范围则不生起。所谓“奉上”,是指在伸手所及范围内站立,为了给予而靠近。然而,若紧邻而坐的比丘未奉上置于手中或支架上的钵,就说“请取食”,拒绝此不生起足食。把饭锅拿来放在前面地上,这样说时也是同样的规则。若稍微抬起或移开说“请取”,拒绝此则生起足食。拿着饭锅分发时,另一人说“我来拿”,仅仅拿住,而分发者仍拿着它,因此它仍是奉上之物,出于给予之意而拒绝拿取者,生起足食。若分发者仅触碰,另一人拿着它,出于给予之意而拒绝拿取者,不生起足食。若用勺子举起,即使拒绝两等份,也生起足食。给紧邻者时,另一人盖上钵,名为拒绝了其他奉上之物,因此不生起足食。关于“拒绝”,仅凭言语不能成立对奉上之物的拒绝,但以身体拒绝奉上之物,即通过摇动手指等身体动作,或通过“够了,别给”等言语动作来拒绝,则生起足食。
Evaṃ yañca asnāti, yañca bhojanaṃ hatthapāse ṭhitena abhihaṭaṃ paṭikkhipanto pavāraṇaṃ janeti, taṃ ñatvā idāni yathā āpajjati, tassa jānanatthaṃ ayaṃ vinicchayo veditabbo – ‘‘asanaṃ bhojana’’nti ettha tāva yena ekasitthampi ajjhohaṭaṃ hoti, so sace pattamukhahatthesu yatthakatthaci bhojane sati sāpekkhova aññaṃ vuttalakkhaṇaṃ bhojanaṃ paṭikkhipati, pavāreti. Sace pana nirapekkho hoti, yaṃ pattādīsu avasiṭṭhaṃ, taṃ na ca ajjhoharitukāmo, aññassa vā dātukāmo, aññatra vā gantvā bhuñjitukāmo, so paṭikkhipantopi na pavāreti. ‘‘Hatthapāse ṭhito’’ti ettha pana sace bhikkhu nisinno hoti, ānisadassa pacchimantato paṭṭhāya, sace ṭhito, paṇhīnaṃ antato paṭṭhāya, sace nipanno, yena passena nipanno, tassa pārimantato paṭṭhāya dāyakassa nisinnassa vā ṭhitassa vā nipannassa vā ṭhapetvā pasāritahatthaṃ yaṃ āsannataraṃ aṅgaṃ, tassa orimantena paricchinditvā aḍḍhateyyahattho ‘hatthapāso’ti veditabbo. Tasmiṃ ṭhatvā abhihaṭaṃ paṭikkhipantasseva pavāraṇā hoti, na tato paraṃ. ‘Abhiharatī’ti hatthapāsabbhantare ṭhito gahaṇatthaṃ upanāmeti. Sace pana anantaranisinnopi bhikkhu hatthe vā ādhārake vā ṭhitaṃ pattaṃ anabhiharitvāva ‘‘bhattaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti vadati, taṃ paṭikkhipato pavāraṇā natthi. Bhattapacchiṃ ānetvā purato bhūmiyaṃ ṭhapetvā evaṃ vuttepi eseva nayo. Īsakaṃ pana uddharitvā vā apanāmetvā vā ‘gaṇhathā’ti vutte taṃ paṭikkhipato pavāraṇā hoti. Bhattapacchiṃ gahetvā parivisantassa añño ‘‘ahaṃ dhāressāmī’’ti gahitamattameva karoti, parivesakoyeva pana taṃ dhāreti, tasmā sā abhihaṭāva hoti, tato dātukāmatāya gaṇhantaṃ paṭikkhipantassa pavāraṇā hoti. Sace pana parivesakena phuṭṭhamattāva hoti, itarova naṃ dhāreti, tato dātukāmatāya gaṇhantaṃ paṭikkhipantassa pavāraṇā na hoti. Kaṭacchunā uddhaṭe pana hoti, dvinnaṃ samabhārepi paṭikkhipanto pavāretiyeva. Anantarassa diyyamāne itaro pattaṃ pidahati, aññassa abhihaṭaṃ nāma paṭikkhittaṃ hoti, tasmā pavāraṇā natthi. ‘Paṭikkhepo’ti ettha vācāya abhihaṭe paṭikkhepo na ruhati, kāyena abhihaṭaṃ pana aṅgulicalanādinā kāyavikārena vā ‘‘alaṃ, mā dehī’’tiādinā vacīvikārena vā paṭikkhipato pavāraṇā hoti.
若有人奉上混合的汤,说“请接汤”,听者拒绝,不生起足食。但若说“肉汤”而拒绝,足食便生起。即使说“请取此”而拒绝,足食也生起。将肉分开,若说“肉汤”而其中尚有芥子大小的碎块,拒绝则生起足食;若没有,则可以拒绝而不生起足食。将鱼、肉与菜花等混合烹煮后拿来,若说“请取菜花汤”“请取面包果佐料”,如此亦不生起足食。何以故?因是以不应足食之名而说。然而,若说“鱼肉佐料”或“请取此”,足食便生起。这是此处的略义,广分别见于《一切善见》。而在行走等威仪中,于何种威仪生起足食,即应不舍该威仪而食。
Eko samaṃsakaṃ rasaṃ abhiharati, ‘‘rasaṃ paṭiggaṇhathā’’ti vadati, taṃ sutvā paṭikkhipato pavāraṇā natthi. ‘Maṃsarasa’nti vutte pana paṭikkhipato pavāraṇā hoti. ‘‘Imaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti vuttepi hotiyeva. Maṃsaṃ visuṃ katvā ‘maṃsarasa’nti vuttepi sace sāsapamattampi khaṇḍaṃ atthi, paṭikkhipato pavāraṇā hoti. Sace natthi, vaṭṭati. Kaḷīrapanasādīhi missetvā macchamaṃsaṃ pacanti, taṃ gahetvā ‘‘kaḷīrasūpaṃ gaṇhatha, panasabyañjanaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti vadati, evampi na pavāreti. Kasmā? Apavāraṇārahassa nāmena vuttattā. ‘‘Macchamaṃsaṃ byañjana’’nti vā ‘‘imaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti vā vutte pana pavāreti, ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana samantapāsādikāyaṃ vutto. Gamanādīsu pana yasmiṃ iriyāpathe pavāreti, taṃ avikopenteneva bhuñjitabbaṃ.
“未作残食”意为:非残食,即非额外。它指未通过如法制作等七种律仪操作而作成,或对于病比丘而言并非额外。因此,在《经分别》(波逸提239)中说“非法制作”等。其中,凡果实或块根等,未依五种沙门如法方式作成如法者,以及非法肉食或非法食物,此称为非法。此非法被作成残食,即“这一切都足够了”,当知为“非法制作”。“未受持而作”是指比丘未受持,却依前述方式作成残食。“未举示而作”是指前来作如法的比丘,连稍微举起或移开都未做而作成。“于伸手范围外而作”是指前来作如法的比丘,站在伸手范围之外作成。“由未食者而作”是指作成残食者,自己尚未吃够足以作邀请的食量而作成。“由已食、已邀请、离座者而作”,其义易了。“未说‘这一切都足够了’”是指未以此言词表达而作成。如此,凡未以此七种律仪操作作成残食的如法,以及非病者残食,这两者皆属“非残食”。而“残食”则应依相反的理趣了知。
Anatirittanti na atirittaṃ, na adhikanti attho. Taṃ pana kappiyakatādīhi sattahi vinayakammākārehi akataṃ vā gilānassa anadhikaṃ vā hoti. Tasmā padabhājane (pāci. 239) ‘akappiyakata’ntiādi vuttaṃ, tattha yaṃ phalaṃ vā kandamūlādi vā pañcahi samaṇakappiyehi kappiyaṃ akataṃ, yañca akappiyamaṃsaṃ vā akappiyabhojanaṃ vā, etaṃ akappiyaṃ nāma, taṃ akappiyaṃ ‘‘alametaṃ sabba’’nti evaṃ atirittaṃ kataṃ akappiyakatanti veditabbaṃ. Appaṭiggahitakatanti bhikkhunā appaṭiggahitaṃyeva purimanayena atirittaṃ kataṃ. Anuccāritakatanti kappiyaṃ kāretuṃ āgatena bhikkhunā īsakampi anukkhittaṃ vā anapanāmitaṃ vā kataṃ. Ahatthapāse katanti kappiyaṃ kāretuṃ āgatassa hatthapāsato bahi ṭhitena kataṃ. Abhuttāvinā katanti yo atirittaṃ karoti, tena pavāraṇappahonakaṃ bhojanaṃ abhuttena kataṃ. Bhuttāvinā pavāritena āsanā vuṭṭhitena katanti idaṃ uttānameva. ‘‘Alametaṃ sabba’’nti avuttanti vacībhedaṃ katvā evaṃ avuttaṃ hoti. Iti imehi sattahi vinayakammākārehi yaṃ atirittaṃ kappiyaṃ akataṃ, yañca pana na gilānātirittaṃ, tadubhayampi anatirittaṃ. Atirittaṃ pana tasseva paṭipakkhanayena veditabbaṃ.
此外,此处“由已食者而作”(波逸提239)是指:即使仅是取用紧邻而坐者的钵中一粒饭或一丝肉而作成,亦属由已食者所作。若有人早晨便如此已食、已邀请而坐,纵使临近正午,比丘递来的团食,他亦可作成如法。然而,若在作成如法时,有食物被添加到正在进食者钵中,他则不能再次作。因为未作者应当作,且应由未作者来作(《普端严》238-239)。因此,在同一容器中制作时,与先前所作混合,故不应作。但在其他容器中,由他本人或他人所作,则是允许的。如此作成后,纵与先前所作混合,亦可食用。不仅是他,除制作者外,其余已邀请者也可食用。然而,为避免与未作者相混,应清洁口与手后再食用。至于病者残食,不仅指病者所残余的饮食,凡是特别为病者持来、心想“今日、明日或随时欲食时再食”的一切,皆当知为“病者残食”。无论硬食或软食,即一切时药,若食或啖,波逸提。此处依所述理趣,已邀请者若为吞咽而接受任何非残食的食物,接受时得恶作,每一口吞咽则得波逸提。
Apicettha bhuttāvinā kataṃ hotīti (pāci. 239) antamaso anantaranisinnassa pattato ekampi sitthaṃ vā maṃsahīraṃ vā khāditvā katampi bhuttāvinā kataṃ hoti, yo pātova evaṃ bhuttāvī pavārito nisīdatiyeva, so upakaṭṭhepi kāle abhihaṭaṃ piṇḍaṃ bhikkhunā upanītaṃ kappiyaṃ kātuṃ labhati. Sace pana tasmiṃ kappiye kate bhuñjantassa aññaṃ āmisaṃ ākiranti, taṃ so puna kātuṃ na labhati. Yañhi akataṃ, taṃ kātabbaṃ. Yena ca akataṃ, tena ca kātabbanti (pāci. aṭṭha. 238-9) vuttaṃ, tasmā tasmiṃ bhājane kariyamāne paṭhamakatena saddhiṃ kataṃ hotīti taṃ kātuṃ na vaṭṭati. Aññasmiṃ pana bhājane tena vā aññena vā kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Evaṃ kataṃ paṭhamakatena missetvāpi bhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati, na kevalañca tassa yena pana kataṃ, taṃ ṭhapetvā aññesaṃ pavāritānampi bhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Yathā pana akatena missaṃ na hoti, evaṃ mukhañca hatthañca suddhaṃ katvā bhuñjitabbaṃ. Gilānātirittaṃ pana na kevalaṃ gilānassa bhuttāvasesameva, atha kho yaṃkiñci gilānaṃ uddissa ‘‘ajja vā sve vā yadā vā icchati, tadā khādissatī’’ti āhaṭaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ ‘gilānātiritta’nti veditabbaṃ. Khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vāti yaṃkiñci yāvakālikaṃ. Khādeyya vā bhuñjeyya vā pācittiyanti ettha vuttanayena pavāritassa anatirittaṃ yaṃkiñci āmisaṃ ajjhoharaṇatthāya paṭiggaṇhato gahaṇe dukkaṭaṃ, ajjhohāre ajjhohāre pācittiyaṃ.
在舍卫城,因众多比丘而就“以非残食进食”一事制定此学处。此处,“非残食”是随制,非共制,非无命令,属三法波逸提。为食用而接受非时药等,以及吞咽非食物者,得恶作;对残食有非残食想者及疑惑者,亦得恶作。然而,对残食有残食想,心中决意“我将令人作残食后而食”而接受;为他人而接受;依允许受用而使用非时药等非食物者;以及疯狂者等,皆无犯。已受邀请的状态、食物为非残食、适时吞咽,是此处的三支。此戒的起源等与第一咖提那相似,但此处为有行与无行。
Sāvatthiyaṃ sambahule bhikkhū ārabbha aññatra bhuñjanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, ‘‘anatiritta’’nti ayamettha anupaññatti, asādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, yāmakālikādīni āhāratthāya gaṇhato, nirāmisāni ajjhoharato ca dukkaṭaṃ, tathā atiritte anatirittasaññino ceva vematikassa ca. Atirittasaññino pana, ‘‘atirittaṃ kārāpetvā bhuñjissāmī’’ti gaṇhantassa, aññassatthāya gaṇhantassa, yāmakālikādīni tesaṃ anuññātaparibhogavasena nirāmisāni paribhuñjantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Pavāritabhāvo, āmisassa anatirittatā, kālena ajjhoharaṇanti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni paṭhamakathinasadisāneva, idaṃ pana kiriyākiriyanti.
六、第二自恣学处注释
6. Dutiyapavāraṇāsikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第六,“强行邀请”是指拿来后说:“来,比丘,请吃,请用吧!”如此邀请。“知”指通过听或见,了知对方已受邀请的状态。“期望羞辱”是指期望羞辱、指责、令对方尴尬。在“食已,波逸提”中:强行提供之时,先得恶作;若对方接受,提供者再得恶作;于对方进食时,提供者于每一口吞咽皆得恶作;食竟时,得波逸提。
Chaṭṭhe abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreyyāti abhiharitvā ‘‘handa, bhikkhu khāda vā bhuñja vā’’ti evaṃ pavāreyya. Jānanti sutvā vā disvā vā tassa pavāritabhāvaṃ jānanto. Āsādanāpekkhoti āsādanaṃ codanaṃ maṅkukaraṇabhāvaṃ apekkhamāno. Bhuttasmiṃ pācittiyanti ettha abhihāre tāva dukkaṭaṃ, sace so taṃ gaṇhāti, puna abhihārakassa dukkaṭaṃ, tasmiṃ pana bhuñjante abhihārakassa tassa ajjhohāre ajjhohāre dukkaṭaṃ, bhojanapariyosāne pācittiyaṃ.
在舍卫城,因某比丘而就“以非残食强行邀请”之事制定此学处。非共制,非无命令。对已受邀请者有已邀请想,犯波逸提;对疑惑者,为食用而提供非时药等,以及于接受和吞咽时;对未受邀请者有已邀请想及疑惑者,犯恶作。然而,对未受邀请者有未邀请想;令人作残食后给予,或说“作残食后食用”而给予;或说“为他人拿去”而给予;或给予非时药等,嘱言“有因缘时受用”;以及疯狂者等,无犯。已受邀请性、已邀请想、期望羞辱、以非残食强行邀请、食竟,是此处的五支。此戒起源等与不与取戒相似,但此处为苦受。
Sāvatthiyaṃ aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ ārabbha anatirittena bhojanena abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāraṇāvatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, asādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, pavārite pavāritasaññino pācittiyaṃ. Vematikassa, yāmakālikādīni āhāratthāya abhiharantassa, tesañca paṭiggahaṇaajjhohāresu, appavārite ca pavāritasaññino, vematikassa ca dukkaṭaṃ. Appavāritasaññissa pana, yo ca atirittaṃ kārāpetvā deti, ‘‘kārāpetvā vā bhuñjāhī’’ti deti, yo vā ‘‘aññassatthāya haranto gacchāhī’’ti deti, yo ca yāmakālikādīni ‘‘sati paccaye paribhuñjāhī’’ti deti, tassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Pavāritatā, pavāritasaññitā, āsādanāpekkhatā, anatirittena abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāraṇatā, bhojanapariyosānanti imānettha pañca aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisāni, idaṃ pana dukkhavedananti.
七、非时食学处注释
7. Vikālabhojanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第七,“非时”指时间已过,意即从正午过后直到黎明升起。因此,若有比丘在此期间,为了食用而接受任何村野的果实——无论生熟、属于食类的硬食或软食,在接受时犯恶作,每吞咽一口犯波逸提。
Sattame vikāleti vigate kāle, majjhanhikātikkamanato yāva aruṇuggamanāti adhippāyo. Tasmā yo bhikkhu etasmiṃ antare yaṃkiñci vanamūlaphalaṃ upādāya āmaṃ vā pakkaṃ vā āmisasaṅkhepagataṃ khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā ajjhoharaṇatthāya paṭiggaṇhāti, tassa paṭiggahaṇe dukkaṭaṃ, ajjhohāre ajjhohāre pācittiyaṃ.
这条戒是在王舍城,因十七群比丘而制定,涉及非时食。它是通用制戒,非无令行,属三句波逸提。为了食用而接受并吞咽一日内食等,若在非时而生非时想,或心生疑惑者,犯恶作;若在适当时间生适想,且有因缘而食用一日内食等,以及疯癫者等,则无罪。根据“诸比丘,我允许毛端之量,然诸比丘,不得从口外取出后再吞咽”(《小品》273)所开许的方式,即使毛端大小的量也无犯。此处的要素有三:非时性、一日内食性、吞咽。其等起等与羊毛学处相似。
Rājagahe sattarasavaggiye bhikkhū ārabbha vikāle bhojanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, yāmakālikādīni āhāratthāya paṭiggahaṇaajjhohāresu, kāle vikālasaññissa, vematikassa ca dukkaṭaṃ, kāle kālasaññissa yāmakālikādīni sati paccaye paribhuñjantassa ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, romaṭṭhakassa romaṭṭhaṃ, na ca bhikkhave bahimukhadvārā nīharitvā ajjhoharitabba’’nti (cūḷava. 273) anuññātanayena romaṭṭhakassāpi anāpatti. Vikālatā, yāvakālikatā, ajjhoharaṇanti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni eḷakalomasadisānīti.
八、蓄藏食物学处注释
8. Sannidhikārakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第八中,“蓄藏”(sannidhikāraka)意指有蓄藏的行为。因此,对于接受后过了一夜的任何一日内食或一夜内食,若心想“我将食用”而执取,在接受时犯恶作,每次吞咽时犯波逸提。即使钵未洗净,用手指摩擦仍可见痕迹;或有节钵的节间渗入油脂,在热处晒时渗出;或取热粥时可见油脂——在这样钵中次日食用也犯波逸提。然而,如果比丘没有期待地将其舍给沙弥,而后从沙弥所藏之处取来食用,这便是许可的。因为自己接受后未行舍弃,于次日食用净食便犯波逸提。在不净物中,若为人肉,则犯偷兰遮兼波逸提;其余则不净兼恶作。若有因缘而吞咽一夜内食,犯波逸提;如果为了食用而吞咽,则兼有恶作。若已受请食而吞咽非残食,则在一切情况下更增波逸提。若于非时吞咽,因非残食的因缘,一切情况无罪;若有因缘,因非时的因缘,于一夜内食等亦无罪。其余情况,因非时的因缘,波逸提更增。比丘所蓄藏的食物,对比丘尼是许可的。
Aṭṭhame sannidhikārakanti kāro karaṇaṃ kiriyāti atthato ekaṃ, sannidhi kāro assāti sannidhikāraṃ , sannidhikārameva sannidhikārakaṃ, paṭiggahetvā ekarattiṃ vītināmitassetaṃ nāmaṃ. Tasmā evaṃ sannidhikataṃ yaṃkiñci yāvakālikaṃ vā yāmakālikaṃ vā ‘ajjhoharissāmī’ti gaṇhantassa paṭiggahaṇe dukkaṭaṃ, ajjhohāre ajjhohāre pācittiyaṃ. Sacepi patto duddhoto hoti, yaṃ aṅguliyā ghaṃsantassa lekhā paññāyati, gaṇṭhikapattassa vā gaṇṭhikantare sneho paviṭṭho hoti, yo uṇhe otāpentassa paggharati, uṇhayāguyā vā gahitāya sandissati, tādise pattepi punadivase bhuñjantassa pācittiyaṃ. Yaṃ pana bhikkhu nirapekkho sāmaṇerānaṃ pariccajitvā tehi nihitaṃ labhitvā bhuñjati, taṃ vaṭṭati . Sayaṃ paṭiggahetvā apariccattameva hi dutiyadivase kappiyabhojanaṃ bhuñjantassa pācittiyaṃ. Akappiyesu pana manussamaṃse thullaccayena saddhiṃ pācittiyaṃ, sesesu pana dukkaṭena saddhiṃ. Yāmakālikaṃ sati paccaye ajjhoharato pācittiyaṃ, āhāratthāya ajjhoharato dukkaṭena saddhiṃ. Yo pana pavārito hutvā anatirittakataṃ ajjhoharati, tassa sabbavikappesu aparampi pācittiyaṃ vaḍḍhati. Sace vikāle ajjhoharati, anatirittapaccayā sabbavikappesu anāpatti, sati paccaye vikālapaccayā yāmakālikādīsu ca anāpatti. Avasesesu vikālapaccayā pācittiyaṃ vaḍḍhatiyeva. Bhikkhussa pana sannidhi bhikkhuniyā vaṭṭati, bhikkhuniyā ca sannidhi bhikkhussa vaṭṭati, bhikkhunikkhandhake (cūḷava. 421-422) anuññātattā vaṭṭatīti.
于舍卫城,因具寿贝拉塔西萨而制定,有关蓄藏食物之事,为共通制戒、非无令行、三句波逸提。然而,对于七日食、尽形寿食,为食用而接受及吞咽时犯恶作。正如这些不适用于食用,与一日内食等相混合者同样也不适用。正如所说:“诸比丘,与一日内食相混合的一日一夜食,若当日接受,于适时适用,于非时不适用”等(《大品》305)。因此,即使得到种种相混合的食物,若其味道并未混杂,或者已洗净致令与他者的混合不再显现,便可依各自相应的时间食用。
Sāvatthiyaṃ āyasmantaṃ belaṭṭhasīsaṃ ārabbha sannidhikārakabhojanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ , sattāhakālika yāvajīvikānaṃ pana āhāratthāya paṭiggahaṇe ajjhohāre ca dukkaṭaṃ. Yathā cetāni āhāratthāya na kappanti, evaṃ yāvakālikādīhi saṃsaṭṭhānipi, vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘yāvakālikena, bhikkhave, yāmakālikaṃ tadahupaṭiggahitaṃ kāle kappati, vikāle na kappatī’’tiādi (mahāva. 305). Tasmā sacepi taṃ taṃ tena tena saddhiṃ saṃsaṭṭhaṃ labhati, sace asambhinnarasaṃ vā hoti sudhotaṃ vā, yathā itarena saṃsaggo na paññāyati, attano kālānurūpena paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati.
然而,如果食物的味道混杂或洗涤不净,则不可用。因为一日内食与自身混合而味道混杂时,会使其他三种——即一日夜食等——失去自身性质;一日夜食与七日食等二者混合,会使其失去自身性质;七日食与尽形寿食混合,会使其失去自身性质。因此,应知:与当天所受的尽形寿食一起,当天所受的或先前所受的尽形寿食,可用七天;与两天前所受的一起,可用六天;与三天前所受的一起,可用五天……乃至与七天前所受的一起,仅当天可用。正因如此,经中不说“比丘们,尽形寿食与当天所受的一起”,而说“所受的尽形寿食可用七天”。在此,关于时间、一日夜、七日的超出,应依非时食、蓄藏、药食学处了知犯戒。在这四种时间食中,一日内食与一日夜食这两者,既是“屋内所住”,也是“蓄藏所成”;七日食与尽形寿食,即使放在不净小屋中也可,且不构成蓄藏。然而,在不净小屋中,与“屋内所住”的(一日内食和一日夜食)混合……
Sace pana sambhinnarasaṃ vā hoti duddhotaṃ vā, na vaṭṭati. Yāvakālikañhi attanā saddhiṃ sambhinnarasāni tīṇipi yāmakālikādīni attano sabhāvaṃ upaneti, yāmakālikaṃ dvepi sattāhakālikādīni attano sabhāvaṃ upaneti, sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikameva attano sabhāvaṃ upaneti. Tasmā tena tadahupaṭiggahitena saddhiṃ tadahupaṭiggahitaṃ vā pure paṭiggahitaṃ vā yāvajīvikaṃ sattāhaṃ kappati, dvīhappaṭiggahitena chāhaṃ, tīhappaṭiggahitena pañcāhaṃ…pe… sattāhappaṭiggahitena tadaheva kappatīti veditabbaṃ. Tasmāyeva hi ‘‘sattāhakālikena, bhikkhave , yāvajīvikaṃ tadahupaṭiggahita’’nti avatvā ‘‘paṭiggahitaṃ sattāhaṃ kappatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Kālayāmasattāhātikkamesu cettha vikālabhojana sannidhibhesajjasikkhāpadānaṃ vasena āpattiyo veditabbā, imesu pana catūsu kālikesu yāvakālikaṃ yāmakālikanti imameva dvayaṃ antovuṭṭhañceva sannidhikārakañca, sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikañca akappiyakuṭiyaṃ nikkhipitumpi vaṭṭati, sannidhimpi na janeti. Akappiyakuṭiyaṃ antovuṭṭhena pana tena saddhiṃ itaradvayaṃ tadahupaṭiggahitampi na vaṭṭati, mukhasannidhi nāma hoti, mahāpaccariyaṃ pana antovuṭṭhaṃ hotīti vuttaṃ. Tattha nāmamattameva nānākaraṇaṃ, āpatti pana dukkaṭameva. Tattha akappiyakuṭi nāma saṅghassa vā upasampannapuggalassa vā santakaṃ vasanatthāya katagehaṃ, tattha sahaseyyappahonake padese vuṭṭhaṃ yāvakālikañca yāmakālikañca saṅghikaṃ vā upasampannapuggalassa vā santakaṃ antovuṭṭhaṃ nāma hoti, tattha pakkaṃ antopakkaṃ nāma, yattha katthaci pana sayaṃ pakkaṃ sāmaṃ pakkaṃ nāma, taṃ sabbaṃ anajjhoharaṇīyaṃ. Tena tena saddhiṃ saṃsaṭṭhampi taṃgatikameva, sabbaṃ ajjhoharantassa dukkaṭaṃ. Tasmā antovuṭṭhaantopakkamocanatthaṃ bhagavatā catasso kappiyabhūmiyo (mahāva. 295) anuññātā, tāsaṃ vinicchayo samantapāsādikāyaṃ (mahāva. aṭṭha. 295) vutto. Yattha panetā na santi, tattha anupasampannassa santakaṃ katvā paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Sāmaṃ pākampi punapākaṃ vaṭṭati, asannidhikārake sannidhikārakasaññino, vematikassa vā dukkaṭaṃ. Asannidhikārakasaññino, yāvakālikādīni tīṇi nidahitvā sakaṃ sakaṃ kālaṃ anatikkamitvā, yāvajīvikaṃ sadāpi sati paccaye paribhuñjantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Āmisaṃ, sannidhibhāvo, tassa ajjhoharaṇanti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni eḷakalomasadisānevāti.
九、胜妙食学处注释
9. Paṇītabhojanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第九(学处)中,‘胜妙食’(paṇītabhojanāni)是指与胜妙物混合的、由七种谷物所生的食物。正如配有良骏的车称为‘良骏车’,此处也是如此,与胜妙物混合的食物称为‘胜妙食’。那些与之混合的胜妙物,即被称为‘胜妙食’的,为了显示其分类,说‘即酥、生酥’等。其中,酥等应依药食学处所述的特征了知。在鱼等中,凡具有‘水生’所述特征的鱼,即是鱼。那些肉可用的(众生)之肉,以及乳和酪,是此处所指。像这样的胜妙食,即因与这些酥等混合而被称为‘胜妙食’的,就是胜妙食。‘无病者’:指即使没有那些(胜妙食)也安乐者。‘为自己而乞求’:在此,若无病者乞求纯净的酥等作为药,应依摩诃男学处处理;乞求鱼等四种(食物),应依羹饭乞求处理;乞求与酥等混合的食物,应依此(学处)处理。此处的判定如下:若有人这样乞求:‘请给与酥的饭’、‘请给与浇上酥的饭’、‘请给与做成酥混合的饭’、‘请给与连同酥的饭’、‘请给与酥和饭’,如此乞求时,乞求犯恶作,接受犯恶作,每一口食用犯波逸提。若说‘请给与酥饭’,因为如同‘米饭’一样,并没有所谓的‘酥饭’,所以仅依羹饭乞求犯恶作。然而,若说‘请给与酥的饭’后,对方给了饭,然后说‘做成酥来吃’,并给与生酥、乳等或净物,说‘用这个取酥来吃’,则依实际情况(不犯)。若说‘请给与牛酥的饭’,对方给与牛酥,或若无牛酥时,依前述方式给与生酥等,或直接给与牛,说‘用这个的酥来吃’,则依实际情况(不犯)。但若被乞求‘请给与牛酥’,却给与山羊酥等,则是违背意图。如此,以乞求一物而得另一物,故不犯。此理亦适用于‘请给与山羊酥’等。若说‘请给与净酥’,却给与不净酥,也是违背意图。若说‘请给与不净酥’,而给与不净酥,接受和受用皆犯恶作。依此方法,应了知一切情况的判定。若从一处或多处乞求所有酥等而得,混合一处令味道混杂,然后以草尖取食一滴,则犯九个波逸提。
Navame paṇītabhojanānīti paṇītasaṃsaṭṭhāni sattadhaññanibbattāni bhojanāni. Yathā hi ājaññayutto ratho ‘ājaññaratho’ti vuccati, evamidhāpi paṇītasaṃsaṭṭhāni bhojanāni paṇītabhojanānīti. Yehi pana paṇītehi saṃsaṭṭhāni, tāni ‘paṇītabhojanānī’ti vuccanti, tesaṃ pabhedadassanatthaṃ seyyathidaṃ sappi navanītantiādimāha, tattha sappiādīni bhesajjasikkhāpade (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. bhesajjasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) vuttalakkhaṇeneva veditabbāni. Macchādīsu pana sabbopi ‘odako’ti (pāci. 260) vuttalakkhaṇo maccho macchoyeva. Yesaṃ pana maṃsaṃ kappati, tesaṃ maṃsañca khīradadhīni ca idhādhippetāni. Evarūpāni paṇītabhojanānīti yāni etehi sappiādīhi saṃsaṭṭhattā ‘paṇītabhojanānī’ti vuccanti, tathārūpāni paṇītabhojanāni. Agilānoti yassa tehi vināpi phāsu hoti. Attano atthāya viññāpetvāti ettha pana yo agilāno suddhāni sappiādīni bhesajjatthāya viññāpeti, so mahānāmasikkhāpadena (pāci. 303) kāretabbo, macchādīni cattāri viññāpento sūpodanaviññattiyā (pāci. 612-613) kāretabbo, sappiādīhi saṃsaṭṭhabhojanāni viññāpento iminā kāretabbo. Tatrāyaṃ vinicchayo – ‘‘sappinā bhattaṃ dehi, sappiṃ ākiritvā dehi, sappimissakaṃ katvā dehi, saha sappinā dehi, sappiñca bhattañca dehī’’ti evaṃ viññāpentassa tāva viññattiyā dukkaṭaṃ, paṭiggahaṇe dukkaṭaṃ, ajjhoharaṇe ajjhoharaṇe pācittiyaṃ. ‘‘Sappibhattaṃ dehī’’ti vutte pana yasmā sālibhattaṃ viya sappibhattaṃ nāma natthi, tasmā sūpodanaviññattiyā dukkaṭameva hoti. Sace pana ‘‘sappinā bhattaṃ dehī’’ti vutte bhattaṃ datvā ‘‘sappiṃ katvā bhuñjāhī’’ti navanītakhīrādīni vā kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ vā deti ‘‘iminā sappiṃ gahetvā bhuñjāhī’’ti, yathāvatthukameva. ‘‘Gosappinā bhattaṃ dehī’’ti vutte pana gosappiṃ vā detu, tasmiṃ asati purimanayena navanītādīni vā, gāviṃyeva vā detu ‘‘ito sappinā bhuñjāhī’’ti, yathāvatthukameva. Sace pana ‘‘gosappinā dehī’’ti yācito ajikāsappiādīhi deti, visaṅketaṃ. Evañhi sati aññaṃ yācitena aññaṃ dinnaṃ nāma hoti, tasmā anāpatti, esa nayo ‘‘ajikāsappinā dehī’’tiādīsupi. ‘‘Kappiyasappinā dehī’’ti vutte akappiyasappinā deti, visaṅketameva. ‘‘Akappiyasappinā dehī’’ti vutte akappiyasappināva deti, paṭiggahaṇepi paribhogepi dukkaṭameva. Iminā nayena sabbapadesu vinicchayo veditabbo. Sace pana sabbehipi sappiādīhi ekaṭṭhāne vā nānāṭṭhāne vā viññāpetvā paṭiladdhaṃ ekato sambhinnarasaṃ katvā tato kusaggena ekabindumpi ajjhoharati, nava pācittiyāni.
于舍卫城,因六群比丘而制,依乞求美味食物之事缘而制;‘无病者’是此处之补充学处,是不共学处,开许受命而乞,属三语波逸提。对无病者生起有病想,或于无病者生起疑惑者,犯恶作。若作有病想、病时乞求后于无病时食用、病人残余之食、从亲戚或已受请处所得、为他人而乞求、以自己财物取得,以及疯癫者等,不犯。美食性、无病性、因已作乞求而得、吞咽,是此处之四要素。缘于行途,是身业、语业,非由想得脱,非无心犯,是制戒之罪,乃身业、语业,与三心、三受相应。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye bhikkhū ārabbha paṇītabhojanaviññattivatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, ‘‘agilāno’’ti ayamettha anupaññatti, asādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, gilānassa agilānasaññino, vematikassa vā dukkaṭaṃ. Gilānasaññissa, gilānakāle viññāpetvā agilānassa bhuñjato, gilānassa sesake, ñātakappavāritaṭṭhānato, aññassatthāya viññatte, attano dhanena gahite, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Paṇītabhojanatā, agilānatā, kataviññattiyā paṭilābho, ajjhoharaṇanti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni. Addhānasamuṭṭhānaṃ, kiriyaṃ , nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
十、齿木学处注释
10. Dantaponasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第十,未授与者:以身体或身所系物取者,站在伸手可及处,以身体、身所系物、舍堕物中任何一种而未授与者,此名为未受持。因为未受持之物,即使是比丘自己所有,也不可吞咽。已受持者,乃至属于可信赖者的物品也可用,其相状应依所说相反方式了知。若任何未受具足戒者,乃至畜生,站在比丘或比丘尼伸手可及处,以身体等任何一种方式授与,若比丘以任何身体部分、或身所系物、或可移动物乃至以床、或以能持物乃至以非彼处所生之枯树叶、或以针尖碰触而受持,即成为已受持。此处没有所谓‘系缚物之系缚物’。即使以鼻接受所给的鼻药,或病人以口接受,一切都可,此处仅以作意为准。若先前有作意,后来睡着时,放入钵中的物品,若在伸手可及处,也成已受持。若坐者心想‘我将以钵受持’,而物品落入手中,此亦可。从递来的容器中落下的灰尘亦可,其中站、坐、卧者的伸手可及处,应如授食学处中所说方式了知。
Dasame adinnanti kāyena vā kāyappaṭibaddhena vā gaṇhantassa hatthapāse ṭhatvā kāyakāyappaṭibaddhanissaggiyānaṃ aññatarena na dinnaṃ, appaṭiggahitakassetaṃ nāmaṃ. Appaṭiggahitakañhi bhikkhuno attano santakampi ajjhoharituṃ na vaṭṭati. Paṭiggahitaṃ antamaso vissāsikasantakampi vaṭṭati, tassa lakkhaṇaṃ vuttavipallāsena veditabbaṃ. Sace hi yo koci anupasampanno antamaso tiracchānopi bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā hatthapāse ṭhito kāyādīnaṃ aññatarena deti, tañce bhikkhunā yena kenaci sarīrāvayavena vā, tappaṭibaddhena vā, saṃhārimena ca antamaso mañcenāpi, dhāretuṃ samatthena ca antamaso atatthajātakarukkhapaṇṇenāpi, sūciyā parāmaṭṭhamattenāpi paṭiggahitaṃ, paṭiggahitameva hoti. Paṭibaddhappaṭibaddhaṃ nāma idha natthi, yampi natthukaraṇiyā diyyamānaṃ nāsikāya, akallako vā mukhena paṭiggaṇhāti, sabbaṃ vaṭṭati, ābhogamattameva hettha pamāṇaṃ. Pubbābhoge ca sati pacchā niddāyantassa patte dinnampi hatthapāse sati paṭiggahitameva hoti. Yampi ‘‘pattena paṭiggaṇhissāmī’’ti nisinnasseva hatthe patati, taṃ vaṭṭatiyeva. Abhihaṭabhājanato patitarajampi vaṭṭati, tattha ṭhitanisinnanipannānaṃ pavāraṇāsikkhāpade vuttanayeneva hatthapāso veditabbo.
然而,若施者与受者一人在空中,一人在地上,应除去地上者以头、空中者伸出以授与或接受的手,以较近的肢体为界,判定伸手可及的量。若一人在井中,一人在井边,或一人在树上,一人在地上,亦应依所说方式判定伸手可及的量。站在该处,即使两三个沙弥将中等身材之人所能举起的重物滚动,放到比丘置于地上的手上,或举起后放在比丘伸出的手上,哪怕仅一部分,此即成为已受持。然而,若乞食时灰尘落入钵中,此即未受持,因此应受持后才取食。若未受持而取,犯律仪恶作,但若再受持后食用,则不犯。若说了‘受持后给与’,而对方未听到或不理会,仍给与食物,则免于律仪恶作,但应再受持后,另取其他食物受持。若大风吹来各处灰尘,无法取食,以净信心作意‘我将给与未受具足戒者’,然后取用,此可。给与未受具足戒者后,再由彼给与,或以对彼的信赖而受持后食用,此可。关于泪、唾、鼻涕等,凡从原位落下而落于手或钵中者,应受持,沾于肢端者即已受持。正在落下者,若中途被截断,则不可取,此名为‘拔取物’,彼即使后来受持亦不可。然而,若为母亲等需要而取药物或根果,或为遮荫而举起有果树枝而行,从中想要者,可再受持后受用。若有人抓住彼处所生之有果树枝或蔓藤而摇动,彼从此所得之果不可用,且犯恶作,他人可用彼果。然而,果树可倚靠或攀附。从已受持而放置之物中,若生起其他芽等,彼亦为已受持。只要手放开后尚未无期待,或因无期待而手未放开,则不舍受持,此是此处略说,广说则如《一切善见》中所说。
Sace pana dāyakappaṭiggāhakesu eko ākāse hoti, eko bhūmiyaṃ, bhūmaṭṭhassa sīsena ākāsaṭṭhassa ca ṭhapetvā dātuṃ vā gahetuṃ vā pasāritahatthaṃ yaṃ āsannataraṃ aṅgaṃ, tassa orimantena hatthapāsappamāṇaṃ paricchinditabbaṃ. Sacepi eko kūpe hoti, eko kūpataṭe, eko vā rukkhe, eko pathaviyaṃ, vuttanayeneva hatthapāsappamāṇaṃ paricchinditabbaṃ. Tasmiṃ ṭhatvā sacepi dve tayo vā sāmaṇerā yaṃ majjhimo puriso ukkhipituṃ sakkoti, evarūpaṃ bhāraṃ pavaṭṭentā bhikkhuno bhūmiyaṃ ṭhapitahatthaṃ āropenti, ukkhipitvā vā bhikkhuno pasāritahatthe ekadesenāpi ṭhapenti, taṃ paṭiggahitameva hoti. Yaṃ pana piṇḍāya carantassa patte rajaṃ patati, taṃ appaṭiggahitameva hoti, tasmā paṭiggahetvāva bhikkhā gaṇhitabbā. Appaṭiggahetvā gaṇhantassa vinayadukkaṭaṃ, taṃ pana puna paṭiggahetvā bhuñjantassa anāpatti. Sace ‘‘paṭiggahetvā dethā’’ti vutte vacanaṃ assutvā vā anādiyitvā vā bhikkhaṃ dentiyeva, vinayadukkaṭā muccati, puna paṭiggahetvā aññā bhikkhā paṭiggahetabbā. Sace mahāvāto tato tato rajaṃ pāteti, na sakkā hoti bhikkhaṃ gahetuṃ, ‘‘anupasampannassa dassāmī’’ti suddhacittena ābhogaṃ katvā gaṇhituṃ vaṭṭati. Taṃ anupasampannassa datvā puna tena dinnaṃ vā tassa vissāsena vā paṭiggahetvā bhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Assukheḷasiṅghāṇikādīsu yaṃ ṭhānato cavitvā hatthe vā patte vā patati, taṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, aṅgalaggaṃ paṭiggahitameva. Patantampi vocchinnañce antarā na gahetabbaṃ, uggahitakaṃ nāma hoti, taṃ pacchā paṭiggahitampi na vaṭṭati. Yaṃ pana bhesajjaṃ vā mūlaphalaṃ vā mātādīnaṃ atthāya gahetvā chāyatthāya vā phalinisākhaṃ ukkhipitvā gacchati, tato yaṃ icchati, taṃ puna paṭiggahetvā paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Yo pana tattha jātakaphalinisākhāya vā valliyā vā gahetvā cāleti. Tassa tato laddhaṃ phalaṃ na vaṭṭati, durupaciṇṇadukkaṭañca āpajjati, aññassa taṃ vaṭṭati, phalirukkhaṃ pana apassayituṃ vā ālambituṃ vā vaṭṭati, paṭiggahetvā ṭhapite yaṃ aññaṃ aṅkurādi uppajjati, paṭiggahitameva taṃ. Yāva hi hatthato mutte nirapekkho na hoti, nirapekkhatāya vā hatthato na muccati, tāva na paṭiggahaṇaṃ vijahati, ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana samantapāsādikāyaṃ vutto.
“口门”指的是咽喉管道。因为无论是从口进入,还是从鼻进入,只要经由喉咙吞咽,这一切都算作是经口门纳入了。“食物”是指无论任何东西——不管是时药、夜分药、七日药,还是尽寿药。由于它们都可被吞咽,因此统称为“食物”。这其中,所有的谷物或类似谷物的东西,以及椰子、棕榈果、面包果、葫芦、南瓜、花瓜、蒂普沙果、埃拉鲁卡果这九种大果,还有其它蔬菜,以及任何用于食用的森林根、叶、花、果等,这一切由于必须在正午之前受用,故称时药。芒果饮、蒲桃饮、香蕉饮、芭蕉饮、蜜饮、葡萄饮、藕根饮、酸枣饮,这八种饮品,还有与其同类的,诸如藤黄果、酸橙、木苹果、迦比陀果、拘萨婆果、迦罗曼陀等小果制成的饮品——所有这些,若是由未受具足戒者用冷水捣碎而成,或经由日晒而成,因为可以存放到夜间的后夜分而受用,故称夜分药。其余被允许的果、叶、花汁等,道理也一样。酥油等五种药,因为可以存放七日而受用,故称七日药。除了这三类时药、夜分药、七日药,以及非时水之外,其余一切的根、果、非果等物,既不用作嚼食,也不用作啖食,由于可以终生存放,在有因缘时才受用,故称尽寿药。“取来”是指送入。除了水和齿木之外:这句话是为了消除对非食物的疑惑。
Mukhadvāranti galanāḷikaṃ. Mukhena vā hi paviṭṭhaṃ hotu, nāsikāya vā, galena ajjhoharaṇīyatāya sabbampi taṃ mukhadvāraṃ pavesitameva hoti. Āhāranti yaṃkiñci yāvakālikaṃ vā yāmakālikaṃ vā sattāhakālikaṃ vā yāvajīvikaṃ vā. Sabbañhetaṃ ajjhoharaṇīyattā ‘āhāro’ti vuccati, tattha sabbampi dhaññaṃ vā dhaññānulomaṃ vā tālanāḷikerapanasalabujaalābukumbhaṇḍapussaphalatipusaphalaeḷālukasaṅkhātaṃ navavidhaṃ mahāphalañceva aparaṇṇañca, yañcaññaṃ vanamūlapattapupphaphalādi āhāratthaṃ pharati, taṃ sabbaṃ yāva majjhanhikakālo, tāva paribhuñjitabbato yāvakālikaṃ nāma. Ambapānaṃ jambupānaṃ cocapānaṃ mocapānaṃ madhukapānaṃ muddikapānaṃ sālūkapānaṃ phārusakapānanti imāni aṭṭha pānāni, yāni ca tesaṃ anulomāni vettatintiṇikamātuluṅgakapiṭṭhakosambakaramandādikhuddakaphalapānāni, etāni sabbāni anupasampannehi sītodakena madditvā katāni ādiccapākāni vā yāva rattiyā pacchimayāmaṃ nidahitvā paribhuñjitabbato yāmakālikāni nāma. Avasesesu anuññātaphalapattapuppharasesupi eseva nayo. Sappiādīni pañca bhesajjāni sattāhaṃ nidahitvā paribhuñjitabbato sattāhakālikāni nāma. Idaṃ pana yāvakālikādittayaṃ kālavimuttañca udakaṃ ṭhapetvā avasesamūlaphalāphalādi yaṃ neva khādanīyatthaṃ na bhojanīyatthaṃ pharati , taṃ yāvajīvaṃ nidahitvā sati paccaye paribhuñjitabbato yāvajīvikaṃ nāma. Āhareyyāti paveseyya. Aññatra udakadantaponāti idaṃ anāhārepi udake āhārasaññāya, dantapone ca ‘‘mukhadvāraṃ āhaṭaṃ ida’’nti saññāya kukkuccāyantānaṃ kukkuccavinodanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Udakañhi yathāsukhaṃ pātuṃ, dantakaṭṭhañca dantaponaparibhogena paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Ṭhapetvā pana idaṃ dvayaṃ avasesaṃ ajjhoharaṇatthāya gaṇhato gahaṇe dukkaṭaṃ, ajjhohāre ajjhohāre pācittiyaṃ, sacepi dantakaṭṭharaso ajānantassa anto pavisati, pācittiyameva.
这件事发生于毗舍离,因一位比丘而制定,是关于以不与而取的方式获取食物的学处。“除了水和齿木之外”是此处的随制,是一项共通的制定,并非针对某一特定事件的命令,犯相归属于三句波逸提。对于已受持的食物,若生起未受持的想,或对此感到疑惑,则犯恶作。对于已受持者生起已受持想,以及对于水和齿木,或对于四种大污秽物,在有危险因缘且没有净人时自己取用者,还有疯癫者等,皆无犯。在这里,不听话者、无能力者不能算作净人,他们属于非净人之列。若无灰,可以烧干木来制作;若无干木,也可砍伐生木来做;为了取黏土,也可以掘地。然而,这四种大污秽物,虽然名为‘时药’,但只有在身命遭受危险的那一刻才可自己取用,其他时候应当令他人受持后再受用。未受持、未许可、无烟等非吞咽物、吞咽,这是此处犯相的四项要素。其起源等细节,与羊毛学处类似。
Vesāliyaṃ aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ ārabbha adinnaṃ āhāraṃ āharaṇavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, ‘‘aññatra udakadantaponā’’ti ayamettha anupaññatti, sādhāraṇapaññatti , anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, paṭiggahitake appaṭiggahitasaññino, vematikassa vā dukkaṭaṃ. Paṭiggahitasaññissa, udakadantapone, cattāri mahāvikaṭāni sati paccaye asati kappiyakārake sāmaṃ gahetvā paribhuñjantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Ettha dubbacopi asamatthopi kappiyakārako asantapakkheyeva tiṭṭhati, chārikāya asati sukkhadāruṃ jhāpetvā, tasmiñca asati alladāruṃ rukkhato chinditvāpi kātuṃ, mattikatthāya ca pathaviṃ khaṇitumpi vaṭṭati, idaṃ pana catubbidhampi mahāvikaṭaṃ kālodissaṃ nāma sappadaṭṭhakkhaṇeyeva sāmaṃ gahetuṃ vaṭṭati, aññadā paṭiggāhāpetvā paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Appaṭiggahitakatā, ananuññātatā, dhūmādiabbohārikābhāvo, ajjhoharaṇanti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni eḷakalomasadisānīti.
第五,裸形外道品
5. Acelakavaggo
一、裸形外道学处的注释
1. Acelakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
裸形外道品第一:对于这些裸形外道等外道,若以一次努力给予任何食物,犯波逸提;若分次给予,则每次努力犯波逸提。
Acelakavaggassa paṭhame etesaṃ acelakādīnaṃ aññatitthiyānaṃ yaṃkiñci āmisaṃ ekappayogena dentassa ekaṃ pācittiyaṃ, avacchinditvā avacchinditvā dentassa payoge payoge pācittiyaṃ.
在毗舍离,因尊者阿难,由女游方者布施两个饼的因缘而制。此是不共学处,非由命令而起,犯三句波逸提。给与水及齿木者,若对非外道生起外道想,或心存疑惑,犯恶作。若对非外道生起非外道想,令未受具足戒者给与,或将容器放在他们面前说‘请取此’,或给与放在他们那里的容器中的食物,给与外用药,以及疯癫者等,无犯。此处三要素为:是外道、未获许可、为吞咽而亲手将可吞咽物给与未放置容器者。缘起等与羊毛学处相似。
Vesāliyaṃ āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ ārabbha paribbājikāya dve pūve dānavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, asādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, udakadantaponaṃ dentassa, atitthiye titthiyasaññissa, vematikassa ca dukkaṭaṃ. Atitthiye atitthiyasaññissa, anupasampannena dāpentassa, tesaṃ santike bhājanaṃ nikkhipitvā ‘‘idaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti bhaṇantassa, tesaṃ vā nikkhittabhājane dentassa, bāhiralepaṃ dentassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Aññatitthiyatā, ananuññātatā, ajjhoharaṇīyaṃ ajjhoharaṇatthāya sahatthā anikkhittabhājane dānanti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni eḷakalomasadisānīti.
二、遣离学处的注释
2. Uyyojanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第二,‘令与或未令与’指任何食物,无论已令与或未令与。‘遣离’指欲与女人从事嬉笑、游戏、隐秘、坐卧等,而说‘去’等语将她遣离。‘即以此’指以此非行作为理由,而非以其他适当理由。‘波逸提’:仅当遣离时,先犯恶作;当对方以一只脚离开见处或闻处时,再犯一恶作;以第二只脚离开时,犯波逸提。此处,在露地站立时,见处范围为十二肘,闻处亦然。若有墙、门、围墙等障碍隔开,即超出范围。
Dutiye dāpetvā vā adāpetvā vāti yaṃkiñci āmisaṃ dāpetvā vā na dāpetvā vā. Uyyojeyyāti mātugāmena saddhiṃ hasanakīḷanarahonisajjādīni kattukāmo ‘gacchā’tiādīni vatvā uyyojeyya. Etadevāti etaṃ anācārameva paccayaṃ karitvā, na aññaṃ patirūpaṃ kāraṇaṃ. Pācittiyanti uyyojanamatte tāva dukkaṭaṃ, yadā panassa so dassanūpacāraṃ vā savanūpacāraṃ vā ekena pādena vijahati, aparaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, dutiyena vijahite pācittiyaṃ. Ettha ca dassanūpacārassa ajjhokāse ṭhatvā dvādasahatthappamāṇaṃ, tathā savanūpacārassa. Sace pana antarā kuṭṭadvārapākārādayo honti, tehi antaritabhāvoyeva upacārātikkamo.
在舍卫城,因具寿乌巴难达遣离之事而制定。此为共通制立;因遣离的教令而成为有教令者,犯三句波逸提。对未受具足戒者,犯三句恶作。对双方施以处罚性呵责,犯恶作。若以“我们二人无法共同生活”等如理理由而遣离者,以及疯狂者等,不犯。为行非行而以彼目的遣离具戒者,若被遣离者越出界限,便是此处的三项要素。其等起等,与不与取相似。
Sāvatthiyaṃ upanandaṃ ārabbha uyyojanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, uyyojanāṇattikāya sāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, anupasampanne tikadukkaṭaṃ, ubhinnampi kalisāsanāropane dukkaṭameva, ‘‘ubho ekato na yāpessāmā’’ti evamādīhi patirūpakāraṇehi uyyojentassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Anācāraṃ ācaritukāmatā, tadatthameva upasampannassa uyyojanaṃ, evaṃ uyyojitassa upacārātikkamoti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisānīti.
三、有食家学处的注释
3. Sabhojanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第三,关于“与两者共处”:所谓“有共处”,即指在那有共处的处所。或者,“有共处”意为有受用之物,因为被贪欲所缠的男子以女子为受用物,女子亦以男子为受用物,故在其分别解释中说:“既有女人,也有男人”等(波逸提第281条)。侵入而坐:即进入后坐下。若那户人家中有寝室:在大寝室——如由大四柱厅堂等所建者——离开床铺靠背处一臂距离之外、处于寝室内部的近处坐下;或在小的寝室中,越过中间坐下,这是它的含义。如此坐下者,犯波逸提。
Tatiye saha ubhohi janehīti sabhojanaṃ, tasmiṃ sabhojane. Atha vā sabhojaneti sabhoge, rāgapariyuṭṭhitapurisassa hi itthī bhogo, itthiyā ca puriso, tenevassa padabhājane ‘‘itthī ceva hoti, puriso cā’’tiādi (pāci. 281) vuttaṃ. Anupakhajja nisajjaṃ kappeyyāti anupavisitvā nisīdeyya, yaṃ tasmiṃ kule sayanigharaṃ, tassa mahācatussālādīsu katassa mahallakassa piṭṭhasaṅghāṭato hatthapāsaṃ vijahitvā antosayanassa āsanne ṭhāne, khuddakassa vā vemajjhaṃ atikkamitvā nisīdeyyāti attho, evaṃ nisinnassa pācittiyaṃ.
在舍卫城,因乌巴难达侵入而坐之事而制定。此为共通制立,是无教令者,犯三句波逸提。于非寝室而有寝室想者,或疑惑者,犯恶作。于非寝室而有非寝室想者、未越过所述界限而坐者、有第二位比丘在场时、或两者皆已离去时、或于离欲者中坐下者、以及疯狂者等,不犯。未离欲的男女二人共处一处、有寝室、无第二位比丘、侵入而坐——这四项为此处的构成要素。其等起等,与第一波罗夷相似。
Sāvatthiyaṃ upanandaṃ ārabbha anupakhajja nisajjanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, asayanighare sayanigharasaññino, vematikassa vā dukkaṭaṃ. Nasayanigharasaññissa, vuttalakkhaṇaṃ padesaṃ anatikkamitvā nisinnassa, bhikkhusmiṃ dutiyake sati, ubhosu nikkhantesu vā, vītarāgesu vā nisīdantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Avītarāgajāyampatikānaṃ sannihitatā, sayanigharatā, dutiyassa bhikkhuno abhāvo, anupakhajja nisīdananti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni paṭhamapārājikasadisānīti.
四至五、隐蔽处覆藏学处与隐蔽处独坐学处的注释
4-5. Rahopaṭicchanna-rahonisajjasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第四、第五项学处,于舍卫城,针对乌巴难达,因于隐蔽座位及隐秘处坐的事由而制定。此为共通制立。其等起等亦与第一波罗夷相同。其余的解释方法,应依不定二法的解说而知。
Catutthapañcamāni sāvatthiyaṃ upanandaṃ ārabbha paṭicchannāsane ca, raho ca nisajjanavatthusmiṃ paññattāni, sādhāraṇapaññattiyo, etesampi samuṭṭhānādīni paṭhamapārājikasadisāneva. Seso kathānayo aniyatadvaye vuttanayeneva veditabbo.
六、行法学处的注释
6. Cārittasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第六项中,“被邀请”者,谓被五种食物中任意一种所邀请。“已受食者”,谓由彼邀请之食而成为已受食者。“不告知在场的比丘”者,谓在界内可见范围内见到比丘,若有可能以平常言语告知,却未作如是告知,如:“我去某某家”或“我行俗家行”等。“食前或食后”者,谓无论彼邀请之食已食或未食。“行俗家行”者,谓进入彼被邀请的家庭之外的其他家庭。“除适时外犯波逸提”者,谓若比丘除了所述两种适时,于未过午时进入其他家庭,则于踏入家宅范围时犯恶作,第一脚跨过门槛时犯恶作,第二脚跨过时犯波逸提。
Chaṭṭhe nimantitoti pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññatarena nimantito. Sabhatto samānoti teneva nimantanabhattena sabhatto samāno. Santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchāti antoupacārasīmāya dassanūpacāre bhikkhuṃ disvā yaṃ sakkā hoti pakativacanena āpucchituṃ, tādisaṃ ‘‘ahaṃ itthannāmassa gharaṃ gacchāmī’’ti vā ‘‘cārittaṃ āpajjāmī’’ti vā īdisena vacanena anāpucchitvā. Purebhattaṃ vā pacchābhattaṃ vāti yena bhattena nimantito, tasmiṃ bhutte vā abhutte vā. Kulesu cārittaṃ āpajjeyyāti yasmiṃ kule nimantito, tato aññāni kulāni paviseyya. Aññatra samayā pācittiyanti sace so bhikkhu vuttalakkhaṇaṃ duvidhampi samayaṃ ṭhapetvā avītivatte majjhanhike aññaṃ kulaṃ pavisati, athassa gharūpacārokkamane dukkaṭaṃ, paṭhamapādena ummāraṃ atikkamantassa aparampi dukkaṭaṃ, dutiyapādena atikkame pācittiyaṃ.
于王舍城,针对乌巴难达,因行俗家行的事由而制定。“在场的比丘、不告知、食前食后、除适时外”,此中此为四种随制。此为共通制立,非无命令者。此项学处有三项波逸提罪。若于未被邀请而有被邀请想者,或疑惑者,犯恶作。若于彼有未被邀请想者、于适时告知在场比丘后、无在场比丘而不告知而进入者、经由其他房屋或房屋范围而有道路从此而行者、前往中间寺院、比丘尼住处、外道卧处、聚会堂、供养家者、于灾祸时、疯狂者等,无犯。此项的构成要素有五:接受五种食物中任意一种的邀请;不告知在场比丘;从供养家进入其他家;未过午时;无适时或灾祸。其等起等与第一咖提那相似,但此为有行与无行。
Rājagahe upanandaṃ ārabbha cārittāpajjanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, ‘‘santaṃ bhikkhuṃ, anāpucchā, purebhattaṃ pacchābhattaṃ, aññatra samayā’’ti ayamettha catubbidhā anupaññatti, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, animantite nimantitasaññissa, vematikassa vā dukkaṭaṃ. Tasmiṃ animantitasaññissa, samaye santaṃ bhikkhuṃ āpucchitvā, asantaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchitvā pavisato, aññassa gharena vā gharūpacārena vā maggo hoti, tena gacchato, antarārāmabhikkhunupassayatitthiyaseyyapaṭikkamanabhattiyagharāni gacchato, āpadāsu, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññatarena nimantanasādiyanaṃ, santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchanā, bhattiyagharato aññagharappavisanaṃ, majjhanhikānatikkamo, samayassa vā āpadānaṃ vā abhāvoti imānettha pañca aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni paṭhamakathinasadisāneva, idaṃ pana kiriyākiriyanti.
七、大名学处的注释
7. Mahānāmasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第七项,“四个月病缘邀请”是指为期四个月的因病因缘的邀请,这一切是依事相而说。然而,此处的含义是:无论是四个月的邀请、再邀请,还是常邀请,一切皆应接受。不应以“我现在无病”为由而拒绝,而应以“若我有病时将告知”表达应允。此后若更接受,则有:若在此以夜数或以药物作了限定——“仅限于这些夜数,或仅限于这些药物”——那么,于彼夜限或药限之后再作接受,或将非所须之药物当作药物而告知,或将非所须的其他药物当作其他药物而告知,如此告知者犯波逸提。
Sattame catumāsappaccayapavāraṇāti cattāro māse gilānappaccayapavāraṇā, sabbañcetaṃ vatthuvasena vuttaṃ. Ayaṃ panettha attho – catumāsapavāraṇā vā hotu, punapavāraṇā vā, niccapavāraṇā vā, sabbāpi sāditabbā, ‘‘idāni mama rogo natthī’’ti na paṭikkhipitabbā, ‘‘roge pana sati viññāpessāmī’’ti adhivāsetabbāti. Tato ce uttari sādiyeyyāti ettha sace tattha rattīhi vā bhesajjehi vā paricchedo kato hoti ‘‘ettakāyeva rattiyo, ettakāni vā bhesajjāni viññāpetabbānī’’ti, atha tato rattipariyantato vā bhesajjapariyantato vā uttari, na bhesajjakaraṇīyena vā bhesajjaṃ, aññabhesajjakaraṇīyena vā aññaṃ bhesajjaṃ viññāpentassa pācittiyaṃ.
此事于释迦族,因六群比丘告知药物之事而制定。此为共通的制立,非无命令者。有三条波逸提:于并未超出限定而有超出想者,或于此事心生疑惑者,犯恶作。于并未超出而有未超出想者;若以被邀请之药物以外的其他药物或更胜的药物,因有需要而告知;若于被邀请的夜数过后,因有需要而如实说明后告知者;以及向亲属告知、受个人邀请而被邀请者、受无限制邀请而被邀请者、为他人而告知、或以自己的财物而告知者——以上诸人及疯狂者等,皆不犯。僧团的邀请特性、以此方式告知药物、无病、超过限定,其中此四项为构成要素。其等起等与传信相似。
Sakkesu chabbaggiye ārabbha bhesajjaviññāpanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, natatuttari tatuttarisaññino, vematikassa vā dukkaṭaṃ. Natatuttari natatuttarisaññissa, yehi bhesajjehi pavārito, tato aññehi vā adhikatarehi vā atthe sati, yāsu ca rattīsu pavārito, tā atikkamitvāpi atthe sati yathābhūtaṃ ācikkhitvā viññāpentassa, ye ca ñātake vā puggalikappavāraṇāya pavārite vā apariyantapavāraṇāya vā pavārite, aññassa vā atthāya, attano vā dhanena viññāpenti, tesaṃ, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Saṅghapavāraṇatā, tato bhesajjaviññatti, agilānatā, pariyantātikkamoti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni sañcarittasadisānīti.
八、出征军学处注释
8. Uyyuttasenāsikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第八项,“出征军队”是指已作准备出发者,意为已离开村庄的军队。“军”是指四支军队。“除非有如此因缘”,意为:若无这些因缘,仅仅为了观看军队而行,则每行一步犯恶作;站在观看范围内观看者,犯波逸提。所谓“观看范围”,是指站立之处能够看见的地方;若离开该范围后,又反复前往观看,则每一番动作皆犯波逸提。
Aṭṭhame uyyuttanti katauyyogaṃ, gāmato nikkhantanti attho. Senanti caturaṅginiṃ. Aññatra tathārūpappaccayāti tathārūpe kāraṇe asati kevalaṃ senaṃ dassanatthāya gacchato pade pade dukkaṭaṃ, dassanūpacāre ṭhatvā passato pācittiyaṃ. Dassanūpacāro nāma yattha ṭhito passati, taṃ pana vijahitvā punappunaṃ passato payoge payoge pācittiyaṃ.
于舍卫城,因六群比丘而制定观看军队这一学处。“除非有如此因缘”是此处的附加制定,属共通制定,无另行宣告,三众波逸提。前往观看象等任一种,依前述方式犯恶作。若对随行军队作随行想,或心存疑惑,犯恶作。若非随行想;或居于寺院内、来到自己住处时看见;或见军队沿路而来;或有如此因缘;或遇危难;或疯狂等,则不犯。为观看出征军队而前往、从许可的住处以外观看、无如此因缘、无危难,是为此处四要素。生起等同羊毛论等,此为世间罪,不善心,三受。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye ārabbha senādassanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, ‘‘aññatra tathārūpappaccayā’’ti ayamettha anupaññatti, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, hatthiādīsu ekamekaṃ dassanāya gamane vuttanayeneva dukkaṭaṃ, tathā anuyyutte uyyuttasaññino, vematikassa ca dukkaṭaṃ. Anuyyuttasaññino pana, ārāme ṭhatvā attano ṭhitokāsaṃ āgataṃ, paṭipathaṃ āgacchantañca passato, tathārūpappaccaye, āpadāsu, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Uyyuttasenaṃ dassanatthāya gamanaṃ, anuññātokāsato aññatra dassanaṃ, tathārūpappaccayassa āpadāya vā abhāvoti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni eḷakalomasadisāni, idaṃ pana lokavajjaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, tivedananti.
九、军中住宿学处注释
9. Senāvāsasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第九条“若超过此”:指超过两夜,即于第四日太阳落山时,任其站立、坐下或躺卧,即使以神通在空中安立任何威仪,亦犯波逸提。
Navame tato ce uttarīti tirattato uttari catutthadivase atthaṅgate sūriye senāya tiṭṭhatu vā nisīdatu vā sayatu vā, sacepi ākāse iddhiyā kañci iriyāpathaṃ kappeti, pācittiyameva.
于舍卫城,因六群比丘而制定超过两夜宿于军中这一学处。此为共通制定,无另行宣告,三众波逸提。住未满两夜而作超过想,或心存疑惑者,犯恶作。若作未满想;或于第三夜黎明前离去后又返回住宿;或因生病、为病人看护而住;或被敌军阻隔、遭障碍所阻;或遇危难;或精神失常等,则不犯。超过两夜、于军队中太阳落山、无生病等,是为此处三要素。生起等同羊毛论等。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye ārabbha atirekatirattaṃ senāya vasanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, ūnakatiratte atirekasaññino, vematikassa vā dukkaṭaṃ. Ūnakasaññissa, tatiyāya rattiyā purāruṇā nikkhamitvā puna vasato, gilānassa vā gilānakaraṇīyena vā vasato, paṭisenāruddhāya senāya, kenaci palibuddhassa, āpadāsu, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Tirattātikkamo, senāya sūriyassa atthaṅgamo, gilānatādīnaṃ abhāvoti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni eḷakalomasadisānevāti.
十、战场学处注释
10. Uyyodhikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第十条:所谓“奋力而起,在此交战”,故称uyyodhika(战场),此即交锋之处的名称。所谓“于此处得知兵力之最”,故称balagga(兵力集结处),意指清点兵力的场所。军队的阵列名为senābyūha(军阵),即指军队的驻地。观看阵列称为anīkadassana(观阵)。所谓“阵”(anīka),是指“十二名士兵配一头象,三名士兵配一匹马,四名士兵配一辆战车”。以此特征,三头象中最后的一头象构成“象阵”(hatthānīka);马阵、车阵亦同此理。而四名武装步兵构成最后的“盾阵”(pattānīka)。若为观看其中任何一阵而前往,每走一步犯恶作;停留在可观看的范围内观看者,犯波逸提;离开该范围后又反复观看,每做一次动作犯波逸提。其余细节应依“出征军”学处所述方式理解,但此处没有犯相分别。
Dasame uggantvā uggantvā ettha yujjhantīti uyyodhikaṃ, sampahāraṭṭhānassetaṃ nāmaṃ. Balassa aggaṃ jānanti etthāti balaggaṃ, balagaṇanaṭṭhānanti attho. Senāya viyūhaṃ senābyūhaṃ, senānivesassetaṃ nāmaṃ. Anīkassa dassanaṃ anīkadassanaṃ. Anīkaṃ nāma ‘‘dvādasapuriso hatthī, tipuriso asso, catuppuriso ratho’’tiiminā (pāci. 314) lakkhaṇena tayo hatthī pacchimakaṃ hatthānīkaṃ, assānīkarathānīkesupi eseva nayo. Cattāro pana āvudhahatthā purisā pacchimakaṃ pattānīkaṃ. Etesu yaṃkiñci dassanāya gacchato pade pade dukkaṭaṃ, dassanūpacāre ṭhatvā passato pācittiyaṃ, upacāraṃ pana vijahitvā punappunaṃ passato payoge payoge pācittiyaṃ. Sesaṃ uyyuttasenāsikkhāpade vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ, āpattibhedo panettha natthevāti.
第六 饮酒品
6. Surāpānavaggo
一、饮酒学处注释
1. Surāpānasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
饮酒品第一,即“饮用酒类”学处。其中,以谷物粉末等制成的酒称为surā(谷酒),以花等发酵制成的酒称为meraya(花酒)。此两种酒,即使从种植原料开始,乃至仅用草尖沾取饮用,每一次饮用动作皆犯波逸提。
Surāpānavaggassa paṭhame surāmerayapāneti ettha piṭṭhādīhi kataṃ majjaṃ surā, pupphādīhi kato āsavo merayaṃ, tadubhayampi bījato paṭṭhāya kusaggenāpi pivato payoge payoge pācittiyaṃ.
在憍赏弥,因娑伽多长老而制定饮酒学处。此学处为共通制定,无有宣告,是三聚波逸提。若于非酒而生酒想,或心生疑惑,犯恶作。若作非酒想,而饮用色、香、味似酒的非酒——如盐水或酸汁;或为去除腥味加入少许酒烹煮羹汤等;于如是诸汤中,以庵摩罗果汁等制成似酒的非酒而饮者,及于疯狂等情形,不犯。是酒、饮用之,为此处犯缘之二要素。生起等同羊毛论等事,此是世间罪,以不善心,有三受。
Kosambiyaṃ sāgatattheraṃ ārabbha majjapivanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, amajje majjasaññissa, vematikassa vā dukkaṭaṃ. Amajjasaññissa, amajjaṃ majjavaṇṇagandharasaṃ loṇasovīrakaṃ vā suttaṃ vā pivato, vāsaggāhāpanatthaṃ īsakaṃ majjaṃ pakkhipitvā sūpādīni pacanti, tesu sūpasampākādīsu , āmalakarasādīhi amajjaṃ majjasadisaṃ ariṭṭhaṃ karonti, taṃ pivato, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Majjabhāvo, tassa pānañcāti imānettha dve aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni eḷakalomasadisāni, idaṃ pana lokavajjaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, tivedananti.
二、指戳学处注释
2. Aṅgulipatodakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第二,所谓“指戳”,是指以手指等挠触(如搔腋下等处)。又,以任何身体部位,出于嬉笑意图而触碰具足戒者,犯波逸提。
Dutiye aṅgulipatodaketi aṅgulīhi upakacchakādighaṭṭanaṃ vuccati, apica yena kenaci sarīrāvayavena hasādhippāyassa upasampannaṃ phusato pācittiyaṃ.
在舍卫城,因六群比丘而制定以指戳嬉笑学处。此学处为共通制定,无有宣告,是三聚波逸提。对未受具足戒者,犯三恶作。然而,此处比丘尼对比丘,比丘对比丘尼,亦视同未受具足戒者;于身体相连等一切情形,唯犯恶作。若非嬉笑意图、为事而触、及在疯狂等情形,不犯。嬉笑意图、以身体触碰具足戒者之身,是此处犯缘之二要素。生起即等同初波罗夷。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye ārabbha aṅgulipatodakena hasanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, anupasampanne tikadukkaṭaṃ, idha pana bhikkhunīpi bhikkhussa, bhikkhu ca bhikkhuniyā anupasampanno eva, kāyappaṭibaddhādīsu sabbattha dukkaṭameva. Na hasanādhippāyassa, sati karaṇīye āmasato, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Hasādhippāyatā, upasampannassa kāyena kāyāmasananti imānettha dve aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni paṭhamapārājikasadisānevāti.
三、戏笑法学处注释
3. Hasadhammasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第三条“水中戏笑法”是指水中的嬉戏。因此,若有比丘在没过脚踝的水中行走,怀着嬉笑之意潜水或浮出,当他为了潜水等而进入水中时,每有举手、投足的动作即犯恶作;在每一次潜入与浮出的动作中犯波逸提;潜入之后在水下行走时,手触水、脚触水,或者游泳渡水时以身体任何部分划水,每一动作都犯波逸提。
Tatiye udake hasadhammeti udakakīḷā vuccati. Tasmā yo bhikkhu uparigopphake udakeyeva gacchanto hasādhippāyo nimujjati vā ummujjati vā, tassa nimujjanādīnaṃ atthāya otarantassa hatthavāre padavāre dukkaṭaṃ, nimujjanummujjanesu payoge payoge pācittiyaṃ, nimujjitvā antoudakeyeva gacchantassa hatthavārapadavāresu, tarantassa vā yena yena aṅgena tarati, tassa tassa payoge payoge pācittiyaṃ.
在舍卫城,针对十七群比丘,于水中嬉戏的事缘而制定;此为共通制定的学处,非因教诫而犯;有三种犯波逸提的情况:在水中,对非嬉戏法而有嬉戏法想者,或心存疑惑者,犯恶作;同样,在船上嬉戏时,以手、脚、木棒或瓦片击水者;对容器中的水、酸粥等或泥浆,以投掷游戏嬉戏者,犯恶作。然而,为了阐明意义而截取文句是允许的。若非以嬉笑为目的,因有应作之事而入水、沉浮等,或渡往对岸,或遇灾难之时,以及精神失常者等,无犯。水没过脚踝,并以嬉笑为目的而嬉戏,这是此处的两个要素。此罪的生起等与第一波罗夷相似。
Sāvatthiyaṃ sattarasavaggiye bhikkhū ārabbha udake kīḷanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, udake ahasadhamme hasadhammasaññino, vematikassa vā dukkaṭaṃ, tathā nāvāya kīḷato hatthena vā pādena vā kaṭṭhena vā kathalāya vā udakaṃ paharato, bhājanagataṃ udakaṃ vā kañjikādīni vā cikkhallaṃ vā khipanakīḷāya kīḷato dukkaṭaṃ. Atthajotakaṃ pana akkharaṃ chindituṃ vaṭṭati. Na hasādhippāyassa, sati karaṇīye otaritvā nimujjanādīni karontassa, pāraṃ gacchato, āpadāsu, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Uparigopphakatā, hasādhippāyena kīḷananti imānettha dve aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni paṭhamapārājikasadisānīti.
四、不恭敬学处注释
4. Anādariyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第四,不恭敬,是指对人或对法表现出不尊重。因此,若有比丘被一位受具足戒者以所制学处教诫时,出于不愿遵行其言,或不愿学习其法而表现出不恭敬,他便以此不恭敬犯波逸提。
Catutthe anādariyeti puggalassa vā dhammassa vā anādarakaraṇe. Tasmā yo bhikkhu upasampannena paññattena vuccamāno tassa vā vacanaṃ akattukāmatāya, taṃ vā dhammaṃ asikkhitukāmatāya anādariyaṃ karoti, tassa tasmiṃ anādariye pācittiyaṃ.
于拘睒弥,因阐那长老,于不恭敬行为之事而制定;为共通制立,非针对受教诫者;三句波逸提。若对未受具足戒者,三句恶作。当已受具足戒者或未受具足戒者,以非所制之学处——诸如“此非导向损减”等——进行教诫时,纵生不恭敬,亦唯是恶作。然而,若依传承诵习而说“这是我等师长的诵习与遍问”,以及精神失常者等,则无犯。此处二要素为:已受具足戒者以所制学处教诫时,作不恭敬。其生起等与不与取相似,但此为苦受。
Kosambiyaṃ channattheraṃ ārabbha anādariyakaraṇavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, anupasampanne tikadukkaṭaṃ, upasampannena vā anupasampannena vā ‘‘idaṃ na sallekhāya saṃvattatī’’tiādinā nayena apaññattena vuccamānassa anādariyepi dukkaṭameva. Paveṇiāgataṃ pana uggahaṃ gahetvā ‘‘evaṃ amhākaṃ ācariyānaṃ uggaho paripucchā’’ti (pāci. 344) bhaṇantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Upasampannassa paññattena vacanaṃ, anādariyakaraṇanti imānettha dve aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisāni, idaṃ pana dukkhavedananti.
五、恐吓学处注释
5. Bhiṃsāpanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第五,“若恐吓者”,即为恐吓而示现色境等,或说令人怖畏之语。无论对方是否因此害怕,均犯波逸提。
Pañcame bhiṃsāpeyyāti bhiṃsāpanatthaṃ rūpādīni upasaṃhareyya, bhayānakakathaṃ vā katheyya. So pana bhāyatu vā, mā vā, itarassa pācittiyaṃ.
于舍卫城,因六群比丘,于恐吓之事而制定;为共通制立,非针对受教诫者;三句波逸提。若对未受具足戒者,三句恶作。若非以恐吓之意而作,以及精神失常者等,则无犯。此处二要素为:对方是已受具足戒者,于其见闻范围内、以欲恐吓之心而作努力。其生起等与前一学处相似。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye bhikkhū ārabbha bhiṃsāpanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ. Anupasampanne tikadukkaṭaṃ, na bhiṃsāpetukāmassa tathā karoto, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Upasampannatā, tassa dassanasavanavisaye bhiṃsāpetukāmatāya vāyāmananti imānettha dve aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni anantarasikkhāpadasadisānevāti.
6. 火光学处注释
6. Jotisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第六,“期望取暖者”,即想要取暖的人。“应点燃者”,意为应使其燃烧,“除有那样的因缘外”——即除燃灯、或在煮钵等中生火等类因缘之外。此处的判定如下:若自己点燃,从安置钻火棍起,直至火焰尚未生起,其间一切努力皆犯恶作;火焰生起时,犯波逸提。若令他人点燃,于命令时犯恶作;一次命令而令他人多次点燃,唯犯一个波逸提。
Chaṭṭhe visibbanāpekkhoti tappitukāmo. Samādaheyyāti jāleyya, aññatra tathārūpappaccayāti padīpujjālanaṃ vā pattapacanādīsu jotikaraṇaṃ vāti evarūpaṃ paccayaṃ vinā. Tatrāyaṃ vinicchayo – sayaṃ samādahantassa araṇisaṇṭhāpanato paṭṭhāya yāva jālā na uṭṭhahati, tāva sabbappayogesu dukkaṭaṃ, jāluṭṭhāne pācittiyaṃ. Samādahāpentassa āṇattiyā dukkaṭaṃ, sakiṃ āṇattena bahumpi samādahite ekameva pācittiyaṃ.
在跋耆国,针对众多比丘,因点燃火取暖之事而制定;‘无病、除有那样因缘外’,是此处的两项随制;为共通制立,有受教诫者;三句波逸提。对无病者作无病想,或疑惑者,犯恶作;同样,取出已翻转者,以及将未被烧透者取出放置于适当处者,犯恶作。然而,若点燃已被烧透者,唯是波逸提。对病者作病想者、以他人所作或已熄之炭火取暖者、于灯火、火室等因缘中、于灾难时、以及精神失常者等,无犯。无病、无开许的因缘、想取暖、点燃,是此处的四个要素。其生起等,应知如于“媒嫁”中所说的方法。
Bhaggesu sambahule bhikkhū ārabbha jotiṃ samādahitvā visibbanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, ‘‘agilāno, aññatra tathārūpappaccayā’’ti imānettha dve anupaññattiyo, sādhāraṇapaññatti, sāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, gilānassa agilānasaññino, vematikassa vā dukkaṭaṃ, tathā paṭilātaṃ ukkhipantassa, tañca avijjhātaṃ ukkhipitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapentassa. Vijjhātaṃ pana jālayato pācittiyameva. Gilānassa gilānasaññissa , aññena kataṃ vā vītaccitaṅgāraṃ vā visibbentassa, padīpajotikajantāgharādike tathārūpappaccaye, āpadāsu, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Agilānatā, anuññātakāraṇābhāvo, visibbetukāmatā, samādahananti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni sañcaritte vuttanayeneva veditabbānīti.
7. 沐浴学处注释
7. Nahānasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第七,“应沐浴者”——若有比丘于中国地区,从沐浴日之后,未满半月,除开许之时外,心想“我将沐浴”而准备粉或土,从彼时起,于一切努力中皆犯恶作;沐浴完毕时,犯波逸提。在开许之时中,即使仅是清扫精舍,亦是作务之时;若欲往半由旬处而行、正在行走、或已行走者,是行路之时;被有尘之风所吹,身上落有二三滴水时,应知为风雨之时。其余文义明显。
Sattame nahāyeyyāti yo bhikkhu majjhimadese nahānadivasato paṭṭhāya addhamāse apuṇṇe aññatra samayā ‘‘nahāyissāmī’’ti cuṇṇaṃ vā mattikaṃ vā abhisaṅkharoti, tassa tato paṭṭhāya sabbappayogesu dukkaṭaṃ, nahānapariyosāne pācittiyaṃ. Samayesu pariveṇasammajjanamattampi kammasamayo, addhayojanaṃ gantukāmassa, gacchato, gatassa vā addhānagamanasamayo, sarajena vātena okiṇṇassa dvīsu vā tīsu vā udakaphusitesu kāye patitesu vātavuṭṭhisamayoti veditabbo. Sesaṃ uttānameva.
于王舍城,因众多比丘不知量而沐浴之事制定此学处。‘除适宜时间外’,此为六种随制;是共通制立,非无教令,三句波逸提。若超过半月而想为不足半月者,或疑者,恶作。若想为超过者、于适宜时间沐浴者、或渡河时扬起沙砾在掘坑中沐浴者,以及边地国土的一切人、危难时、精神失常者等,无犯。在中国地区、未满半月、非适宜时间、无渡河、无危难,为此处三个要素。其等起等与羊毛戒相似。
Rājagahe sambahule bhikkhū ārabbha na mattaṃ jānitvā nahāyanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, ‘‘aññatra samayā’’ti ayamettha chabbidhā anupaññatti, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, atirekaddhamāse ūnakasaññino, vematikassa vā dukkaṭaṃ. Atirekasaññissa, samaye vā nahāyantassa, yo vā nadīpāraṃ gacchanto vālukaṃ ukkiritvā kataāvāṭesupi nahāyati, tassa, paccantime janapade sabbesaṃ, āpadāsu, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Majjhimadeso, ūnakaddhamāse nahānaṃ, samayānaṃ vā nadīpāragamanassa vā āpadānaṃ vā abhāvoti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni eḷakalomasadisānevāti.
8. 作坏色学处注释
8. Dubbaṇṇakaraṇasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第八条中,“alabhi”即所得,所得就是所得。那么他得到了什么?是衣。是什么样的?是新的。因此,本应说“navacīvaralābhena”(因获得新衣),却未作鼻音省略而说成“navaṃcīvaralābhena”,意为“以所获得的新衣”。其中插在两个词中间的仅为小品词。“比丘”一词,是获得该衣者的例示,其余内容从词义上本就浅显。然而,此处应如此抉择:获得可作下衣或上衣之衣后,待该衣染色完毕,于任何部位,用铜青色、叶青色、泥或任何黑色,取一个相当于孔雀眼纹、环纹或指节纹大小的点净标记,而后方可使用该衣;若未取标记而使用,则犯波逸提。
Aṭṭhame alabhīti labho, labho eva lābho, kiṃ alabhi? Cīvaraṃ, kīdisaṃ? Navaṃ, iti ‘‘navacīvaralābhenā’’ti vattabbe anunāsikalopaṃ akatvā navaṃcīvaralābhenāti vuttaṃ, paṭiladdhanavacīvarenāti attho. Majjhe ṭhitapadadvaye panāti nipātamattaṃ. Bhikkhunāti yena laddhaṃ, tassa nidassanaṃ, sesaṃ padatthato uttānameva. Ayaṃ panettha vinicchayo – nivāsanapārupanupagaṃ cīvaraṃ labhitvā tassa niṭṭhitarajanassa yasmiṃ vā tasmiṃ vā padese kaṃsanīlena vā pattanīlena vā kaddamena vā yena kenaci kāḷakena vā morakkhimaṇḍalamaṅgulapiṭṭhīnaṃ aññatarappamāṇaṃ kappabinduṃ ādiyitvā taṃ cīvaraṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ, anādiyitvā paribhuñjantassa pācittiyaṃ.
在舍卫城,因众多比丘对自己衣不知晓的事件而制定,此为共通的制戒,非无指令,三句波逸提。若于已取标记而生未取标记想,或心有疑惑者,犯恶作。若生已取标记想,标记已灭,在已作标记处破损,以已作标记者与未作标记者缝合,后来加上的纽扣、防风边、补丁等,使用这些者,以及疯癫者等,无犯。上述种类的衣未作标记,非衣已失等,或作下衣或上衣,此中有三支。其等起等与羊毛戒相似,但此为有行与无行。
Sāvatthiyaṃ sambahule bhikkhū ārabbha attano cīvaraajānanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, ādinne anādinnasaññino, vematikassa vā dukkaṭaṃ. Ādinnasaññissa , kappe naṭṭhe, kappakatokāse jiṇṇe, kappakatena akappakate saṃsibbite, pacchā āropitesu aggaḷaanuvātaparibhaṇḍesu taṃ paribhuñjantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Vuttappakārassa cīvarassa akatakappakatā, na naṭṭhacīvarāditā, nivāsanaṃ vā pārupanaṃ vāti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni eḷakalomasadisāni, idaṃ pana kiriyākiriyanti.
九、代持学处注释
9. Vikappanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第九条中,“代持后”此处有两种代持:面前代持与背后代持。什么是面前代持?了知那些衣是单件还是多件、以及是否存放之后,说“此衣”或“此诸衣”或“彼衣”或“彼诸衣”,然后应说:“我为你代持。”这是一种面前代持。至此,可以存放,但不得使用、舍弃或决意。若说“我的所有物,我的这些所有物,你使用、或舍弃、或如缘而作吧”,这样说明便为出离,从此以后使用等皆可。另一种方式:同样了知诸衣的单件或多件、以及是否存放之后,当着该比丘的面,说“此衣”或“此诸衣”或“彼衣”或“彼诸衣”,从五位同法者中随意选取一位的名字,应说“我代持给提沙比丘”或“我代持给提沙比丘尼、在学尼、沙弥、提沙沙弥尼”,这是另一种面前代持。至此,可以存放,但使用等一切皆不许可。若该比丘说“提沙比丘的所有物……乃至……提沙沙弥尼的所有物,你使用、或舍弃、或如缘而作吧”,则名为出离,从此以后使用等皆可。
Navame vikappetvāti ettha dve vikappanā sammukhāvikappanā parammukhāvikappanā ca. Kathaṃ sammukhāvikappanā hoti? Cīvarānaṃ ekabahubhāvaṃ sannihitāsannihitabhāvañca ñatvā ‘imaṃ cīvara’nti vā ‘imāni cīvarānī’ti vā ‘etaṃ cīvara’nti vā ‘etāni cīvarānī’ti vā vatvā ‘tuyhaṃ vikappemī’ti vattabbaṃ, ayamekā sammukhāvikappanā. Ettāvatā nidhetuṃ vaṭṭati, paribhuñjituṃ pana vissajjetuṃ vā adhiṭṭhātuṃ vā na vaṭṭati. ‘‘Mayhaṃ santakaṃ, mayhaṃ santakāni paribhuñja vā vissajjehi vā yathāpaccayaṃ karohī’’ti (pāci. 374) evaṃ pana vutte paccuddhāro nāma hoti, tato pabhuti paribhogādayopi vaṭṭanti. Aparo nayo, tatheva cīvarānaṃ ekabahubhāvaṃ sannihitāsannihitabhāvañca ñatvā tasseva bhikkhuno santike ‘imaṃ cīvara’nti vā ‘imāni cīvarānī’ti vā ‘etaṃ cīvara’nti vā ‘etāni cīvarānī’ti vā vatvā pañcasu sahadhammikesu aññatarassa attanā abhirucitassa yassa kassaci nāmaṃ gahetvā ‘‘tissassa bhikkhuno vikappemī’’ti vā ‘‘tissāya bhikkhuniyā, sikkhamānāya, sāmaṇerassa, tissāya sāmaṇeriyā vikappemī’’ti vā vattabbaṃ, ayaṃ aparāpi sammukhāvikappanā. Ettāvatā nidhetuṃ vaṭṭati, paribhogādīsu ekampi na vaṭṭati. Tena pana bhikkhunā ‘‘tissassa bhikkhuno santakaṃ…pe… tissāya sāmaṇeriyā santakaṃ paribhuñja vā vissajjehi vā yathāpaccayaṃ karohī’’ti vutte paccuddhāro nāma hoti, tato pabhuti paribhogādayopi vaṭṭanti.
什么是背后代持?同样地,了知那些衣是单件还是多件、以及是否存放之后,说“此衣”或“此诸衣”或“彼衣”或“彼诸衣”,然后应说:“我以此衣为代持而与你。”对方应问:“谁是你的朋友或相识?”接着,另一方应如前方式说“提沙比丘”等乃至“提沙沙弥尼”。该比丘再说:“我给提沙比丘”等乃至“我给提沙沙弥尼”,这是背后代持。至此,可以存放,但使用等一切皆不许可。若该比丘按第二种面前代持中所说的方式,说“某某的所有物,你使用、或舍弃、或如缘而作吧”,则名为出离,从此以后使用等皆可。钵的代持也同此法。如是,在此二种代持中,以任何一种代持方式将衣代持给五位同法者中的任意一位后,若未依所说方式作出离,或对已作羯磨者,或未以亲厚想而取用者,犯波逸提。
Kathaṃ parammukhāvikappanā hoti? Cīvarānaṃ tatheva ekabahubhāvaṃ sannihitāsannihitabhāvañca ñatvā ‘imaṃ cīvara’nti vā ‘imāni cīvarānī’ti vā ‘etaṃ cīvara’nti vā ‘etāni cīvarānī’ti vā vatvā ‘‘tuyhaṃ vikappanatthāya dammī’’ti vattabbaṃ. Tena vattabbo ‘‘ko te mitto vā sandiṭṭho vā’’ti. Tato itarena purimanayeneva ‘tisso bhikkhū’ti vā…pe… ‘tissā sāmaṇerī’ti vā vattabbaṃ. Puna tena bhikkhunā ‘‘ahaṃ tissassa bhikkhuno dammī’’ti vā…pe… ‘‘tissāya sāmaṇeriyā dammī’’ti vā vattabbaṃ , ayaṃ parammukhāvikappanā. Ettāvatā nidhetuṃ vaṭṭati, paribhogādīsu ekampi na vaṭṭati. Tena pana bhikkhunā dutiyasammukhāvikappanāyaṃ vuttanayeneva ‘‘itthannāmassa santakaṃ paribhuñja vā vissajjehi vā yathāpaccayaṃ karohī’’ti vutte paccuddhāro nāma hoti, tato pabhuti paribhogādayopi vaṭṭantīti. Pattavikappanāyampi eseva nayo. Iti imāsu dvīsu vikappanāsu yāya kāyaci vikappanāya pañcasu sahadhammikesu yassa kassaci cīvaraṃ vikappetvā vuttanayena akatappaccuddhāraṃ vā yena vinayakammaṃ kataṃ, tassa vā vissāsena aggahetvā paribhuñjantassa pācittiyaṃ.
于舍卫城,因乌巴难达未出离而使用衣的事件而制定,此为共通制戒,非无指令,三句波逸提。若有人对该物作决意或舍弃者,犯恶作;同样,对已出离而生起未出离想,或心有疑惑者亦犯恶作。若生起已出离想,以亲厚想而使用者,以及疯癫者等,无犯。自己代持而未出离、衣为可代持之物、使用,此中具足三支。它的等起等与初咖提那戒相似,但此为有行与无行。
Sāvatthiyaṃ upanandaṃ ārabbha appaccuddhāraṇaṃ paribhuñjanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, taṃ pana adhiṭṭhahantassa vā vissajjentassa vā dukkaṭaṃ, tathā paccuddhāraṇe appaccuddhāraṇasaññissa vematikassa vā. Paccuddhāraṇasaññissa pana vissāsena paribhuñjantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Sāmaṃ vikappitassa appaccuddhāro, vikappanupagacīvaratā, paribhogoti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni paṭhamakathinasadisāneva, idaṃ pana kiriyākiriyanti.
10. 不隐藏学处注释
10. Apanidhānasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第十条中,“钵”指可决意之物。“衣”指可代持之物。“坐具”指有边的。“针筒”指有针或无针的。“腰带”指布带或猪肠带。“藏匿”指移开后藏起。“以笑为期望”指以笑为目的。犯波逸提:自行藏匿者犯波逸提,若令他人藏匿,于发令时犯恶作,由彼藏匿后,另一者犯波逸提。
Dasame pattanti adhiṭṭhānupagaṃ. Cīvaranti vikappanupagaṃ. Nisīdanaṃ nāma sadasaṃ vuccati. Sūcigharaṃ nāma sasūcikaṃ vā asūcikaṃ vā. Kāyabandhanaṃ nāma paṭṭikā vā sūkarantakaṃ vā. Apanidheyyāti apanetvā nidaheyya. Hasāpekkhoti hasādhippāyo. Pācittiyanti sayaṃ apanidhentassa pācittiyaṃ, aññaṃ āṇāpentassa āṇattiyā dukkaṭaṃ, tena apanihite itarassa pācittiyaṃ.
于舍卫城,因六群比丘而就藏匿资具之事制定。此为共通制定的学处,有教唆情形:犯三波逸提;若对未受具戒者,则犯三恶作。然而,除前述的钵等物之外,若藏匿受具戒者或未受具戒者的其他资具,唯犯恶作。若是为将放置不当之物归还原处,或心想“我说法后再归还”而收起,以及对于精神失常者等,则无罪。藏匿受具戒者所拥有的钵等物,且以令其困扰或戏弄为目的,这即是此中的两项要素。其等起等,与不予取相同。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye ārabbha apanidhānavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, sāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, anupasampanne tikadukkaṭaṃ, vuttappakārāni pana pattādīni ṭhapetvā aññaṃ parikkhāraṃ upasampannassa vā anupasampannassa vā santakaṃ apanidhentassa dukkaṭameva. Dunnikkhittaṃ paṭisāmentassa, ‘‘dhammakathaṃ katvā dassāmī’’ti paṭisāmentassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Upasampannassa santakānaṃ pattādīnaṃ apanidhānaṃ, vihesetukāmatā vā hasādhippāyatā vāti imānettha dve aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisānīti.
7. 有虫水品
7. Sappāṇakavaggo
一、故意学处之解释
1. Sañciccasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
有虫水品第一:‘众生’指畜生类众生。杀害微细或巨大的众生,均犯波逸提;然而,若杀害巨大众生,因加行重大,所造不善业亦重大。
Sappāṇakavaggassa paṭhame pāṇoti tiracchānagatapāṇo adhippeto. Taṃ khuddakampi mahantampi mārentassa pācittiyameva, mahante pana upakkamamahantatāya akusalaṃ mahantaṃ hoti.
此戒于舍卫城,因长老优陀夷而制,缘于夺取众生命之事。此为共通的制戒,含教唆的情形。若对众生有疑、于非众生作众生想,或心存犹豫者,犯恶作。若作非众生想、非故意、不知情、无杀意,以及精神失常等者,则无犯。其余如杀人戒中所述。
Sāvatthiyaṃ udāyittheraṃ ārabbha pāṇaṃ jīvitā voropanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, sāṇattikaṃ, pāṇe vematikassa, apāṇe pāṇasaññino, vematikassa vā dukkaṭaṃ . Apāṇasaññissa, asañcicca, ajānantassa, namaraṇādhippāyassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Sesaṃ manussaviggahe vuttanayamevāti.
二、有生命学处之解释
2. Sappāṇakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第二:‘有虫’指那些因使用而致死的虫类,有这些虫类,即称为有虫。若明知如此而加以使用,于每一使用动作皆犯波逸提。
Dutiye sappāṇakanti ye pāṇakā paribhogena maranti, tehi sappāṇakaṃ, tādisañhi jānaṃ paribhuñjantassa payoge payoge pācittiyaṃ.
于舍卫城,因六群比丘,就明知有虫水而使用一事制立。此中其余内容,应知与浇洒学处所说相同。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye ārabbha jānaṃ sappāṇakaṃ udakaṃ paribhuñjanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sesamettha siñcanasikkhāpade vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.
三、翻案学处注释
3. Ukkoṭanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第三学处中,“如法”是指为平息某一诤事而宣说的法,即依该法而平息。“已决断的诤事”指已被决断的诤事,意思是依导师在《止犍度》中所说的法而平息。至于平息的方法,我将在诤事平息中说明。“为再作而翻案”是指前往某比丘处,说“所作未作”等语,为重新作而煽动。若不如法平息,则如此做者犯波逸提。然而,凡是依如法已决断的诤事,即是善决断。若在行事未完成时提出异议,应先说服后再作。否则,行事即告失效,且行事者犯戒。
Tatiye yathādhammanti yo yassa adhikaraṇassa vūpasamāya dhammo vutto, teneva dhammena. Nihatādhikaraṇanti nihataṃ adhikaraṇaṃ, samathakkhandhake (cūḷava. 185 ādayo) satthārā vuttadhammeneva vūpasamitanti attho, vūpasamananayaṃ panassa adhikaraṇasamathesu dassayissāma. Punakammāya ukkoṭeyyāti tassa tassa bhikkhuno santikaṃ gantvā ‘‘akataṃ kamma’’ntiādīni (pāci. 394) vadanto punakaraṇatthāya uccāleyya. Yathāṭhitabhāvena patiṭṭhātuṃ na dadeyya, tassevaṃ karontassa pācittiyaṃ. Yaṃ pana dhammena adhikaraṇaṃ nihataṃ , taṃ sunihatameva. Sace vippakate kamme paṭikkosati, taṃ saññāpetvā kātabbaṃ. Itarathā kammañca kuppati, kārakānañca āpatti.
于舍卫城,因六群比丘就翻案之事制立。此为共通制戒,无教唆者。于如法行事有疑者、于非法行事作如法行事想者,或疑惑者,犯恶作。于两者皆作非法行事想者,明知“以非法、以别众或对不应作之人而作行事”者,以及精神失常者等,无罪。如法决断、明知、翻案,此中即此三要素。其等起等,与不与取相似,然而此为苦受。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye bhikkhū ārabbha ukkoṭanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, dhammakamme vematikassa, adhammakamme dhammakammasaññino, vematikassa vā dukkaṭaṃ. Ubhayesu adhammakammasaññissa, ‘‘adhammena vā vaggena vā akammārahassa vā kammaṃ kata’’nti jānantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Yathādhammaṃ nihatabhāvo, jānanā, ukkoṭanāti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisāni, idaṃ pana dukkhavedananti.
四、粗恶语学处之解释
4. Duṭṭhullasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第四句中,“粗重”是指桑喀地谢沙。无论以何种方式得知后而覆藏者,犯波逸提。即使心想“我现在不向任何比丘告发”而搁置此事,过后才告发,亦犯波逸提,且是在犯戒之后才告发。然而,若如此搁置后,仅为覆藏目的而向他人告发,这人又向另一人告发,如此辗转,乃至百位沙门亦皆犯戒,直至边际未断。边际如何断?若犯戒者向一人告发,这人又向另一人告发,而这人又回转向最初告发者告发,如此,当第三人向第二人告发时,边际即断。
Catutthe duṭṭhullanti saṅghādisesaṃ adhippetaṃ, taṃ yena kenaci upāyena ñatvā paṭicchādentassa pācittiyaṃ. Sacepi ‘‘na dāni naṃ kassaci bhikkhuno ārocessāmī’’ti dhuraṃ nikkhipitvā pacchā āroceti, pācittiyaṃ, āpajjitvāva ārocessati. Sace pana evaṃ dhuraṃ nikkhipitvā paṭicchādanatthameva aññassa āroceti, sopi aññassāti etenupāyena samaṇasatampi āpajjatiyeva tāva, yāva koṭi na chijjati. Kathaṃ pana koṭi chijjati? Sace hi āpanno ekassa āroceti, sopi aññassa āroceti, so nivattitvā yenassa ārocitaṃ, tasseva āroceti, evaṃ tatiyena puggalena dutiyassa ārocite koṭi chinnā hoti.
在舍卫城,因某位比丘而就覆藏粗重罪之事制戒。此为不共通的制戒,无教唆者。于粗重罪的最初句,犯波逸提;于其余两句,犯恶作。于非粗重罪,犯三恶作。对未受具足戒者,无论粗重或非粗重的邪行,唯犯恶作。若心想“僧团将有纷争等”或“此人粗暴、粗恶,将造成生命障碍或梵行障碍”而不告发者,或未见到合适的比丘者,或不想覆藏者,或心想“他将因自己的行为而被知晓”而不告发者,以及精神失常者等,则无罪。了知受具足戒者所犯的粗重罪,并心想“我因欲覆藏而不告发”而搁置责任,其中即是此二要素。其等起等,与教诫相似。
Sāvatthiyaṃ aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ ārabbha duṭṭhullāpattipaṭicchādanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, asādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, duṭṭhullāya āpattiyā ādipade pācittiyaṃ, itaresu dvīsu dukkaṭaṃ, aduṭṭhullāya tikadukkaṭaṃ, anupasampannassa duṭṭhulle vā aduṭṭhulle vā ajjhācāre dukkaṭameva. ‘‘Saṅghassa bhaṇḍanādīni bhavissantī’’ti (pāci. 401) vā ‘‘ayaṃ kakkhaḷo pharuso jīvitantarāyaṃ vā brahmacariyantarāyaṃ vā karissatī’’ti vā anārocentassa, patirūpaṃ bhikkhuṃ apassato , na chādetukāmassa, ‘‘paññāyissati sakena kammenā’’ti anārocentassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Upasampannassa duṭṭhullāpattijānanaṃ, ‘‘paṭicchādetukāmatāya nārocessāmī’’ti dhuranikkhepoti imānettha dve aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni samanubhāsanasaasānevāti.
五、未满二十岁学处注释
5. Ūnavīsativassasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第五,“未满二十岁”者,是指从结生心开始算起,尚未满二十岁。“令受具足戒”者,是指成为戒师后为其授具足戒。那个人即使被知情或不知情的人授具足戒,也仍然不算受具足戒。然而,若他在满十夏后为他人授具足戒,除彼之外,若僧众人数足够,则受戒者算得善受具足戒。在不知情期间,他既无天界障碍,也无解脱障碍;但知悉之后,则应重新受具足戒。“那些比丘应受呵责”者,是指除了戒师之外,其余比丘都应受呵责,所有人皆犯恶作罪。“此罪在此人身上为波逸提”者,是说当某人成为戒师而授具足戒时,应知波逸提罪即落在该人身上。因此,若有人心想“我将如此授具足戒”,而去寻求僧众、或戒师、或钵、或衣,或指定结界,或划定水界,在此过程中,于白及两番甘马语时犯恶作,于甘马语结束时犯波逸提。
Pañcame ūnavīsativassanti paṭisandhiggahaṇato paṭṭhāya aparipuṇṇavīsativassaṃ. Upasampādeyyāti upajjhāyo hutvā upasampādeyya. So ca puggalo anupasampannoti jānantenāpi ajānantenāpi upasampādito anupasampannova. Sace pana so dasavassaccayena aññaṃ upasampādeti, tañce muñcitvā gaṇo pūrati, sūpasampanno. Sopi yāva na jānāti, tāva tassa neva saggantarāyo na mokkhantarāyo, ñatvā pana puna upasampajjitabbaṃ. Te ca bhikkhū gārayhāti ṭhapetvā upajjhāyaṃ avasesā gārayhā honti, sabbe dukkaṭaṃ āpajjanti. Idaṃ tasmiṃ pācittiyanti yo pana upajjhāyo hutvā upasampādeti, tasmiṃyeva puggale idaṃ pācittiyaṃ veditabbaṃ. Tasmā yo ‘‘evaṃ upasampādessāmī’’ti gaṇaṃ vā ācariyaṃ vā pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā pariyesati, sīmaṃ vā sammannati (pāci. 404), udakukkhepaṃ vā paricchindati, so etesu sabbakiccesu ñattiyā, dvīsu ca kammavācāsu dukkaṭāni āpajjitvā kammavācāpariyosāne pācittiyaṃ āpajjati.
于王舍城,因众多比丘为未满二十岁者授具足戒之事而制定,此为不共许制,非无命令。若人对未满二十岁者有疑,或对满二十岁者作未满想,或对此事有疑,犯恶作罪。于两者皆作满想者,及疯狂者等,无罪。未满二十岁、作未满想、授具足戒,此是其中三要素。其起源等与不与取戒相似,但此为制教罪,三心、三受。
Rājagahe sambahule bhikkhū ārabbha ūnavīsativassaṃ upasampādanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, asādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, ūnavīsativasse vematikassa, paripuṇṇavīsativasse ūnakasaññino, vematikassa ca dukkaṭaṃ. Ubhayattha paripuṇṇasaññissa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Ūnavīsativassatā, ūnakasaññitā, upasampādananti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisāni, idaṃ pana paṇṇattivajjaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
六、盗贼队伍学处之解释
6. Theyyasatthasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第六,凡是为了欺瞒国王或逃避关税而上路的盗贼,不论已行盗或未行盗,在此若有人知其为盗贼商队,明知他们为盗贼商队后,与他们约定同行,则于约定时及行路时,应依教诫品中所说之法判定罪责。
Chaṭṭhe ye rājānaṃ vā vañcetvā suṅkaṃ vā pariharitukāmā corā katakammā ceva akatakammā ca maggappaṭipannā, tesu idha theyyasatthasaññino tassa theyyasatthabhāvaṃ ñatvā tena saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya gacchantassa saṃvidhāne ca gamane ca ovādavagge vuttanayena āpattivinicchayo veditabbo.
于舍卫城,因一位比丘与盗贼商队约定后同行一路之事而制定,此为共许制,非无命令。若众人未约定,而自己主动约定后行路者;对盗贼商队有疑者;对非盗贼商队作盗贼商队想者;以及对此有疑者,犯恶作罪。若作非盗贼商队想者,或未约定者,或因时间不合者,或于灾难中行路者,及疯狂者等,无罪。盗贼商队之性质、知道、约定、非因时间不合而行路,此为其四要素。起源于盗贼商队,是作为,以想为解脱,有心,制教罪,身业、语业,三心、三受。
Sāvatthiyaṃ aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ ārabbha theyyasatthena saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, manussesu asaṃvidahantesu sayameva saṃvidahitvā gacchantassa, theyyasatthe vematikassa, atheyyasatthe theyyasatthasaññino, vematikassa ca dukkaṭaṃ. Atheyyasatthasaññissa, asaṃvidahitvā vā kālavisaṅketena vā, āpadāsu vā, gacchantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Theyyasatthabhāvo, jānanaṃ, saṃvidhānaṃ, avisaṅketena gamananti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni. Theyyasatthasamuṭṭhānaṃ, kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
七、约定同行学处注释
7. Saṃvidhānasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第七学处:于舍卫城,因一位比丘与女人同行一路之事而制。其余内容,应如比丘尼‘约定学处’中所说之方式了知。
Sattame sāvatthiyaṃ aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ ārabbha mātugāmena saddhiṃ ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sesamettha bhikkhuniyā saddhiṃ saṃvidhānasikkhāpade vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.
八、阿梨咤学处注释
8. Ariṭṭhasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第八学处:能障碍天界与解脱者,名为‘障碍法’。它们依业、烦恼、异熟、诽谤和违犯制教,分为五种。其中,对于微细的障碍(如铺盖等的触感),有人以为接触女人之触亦如同此类,遂认为可行;因不见淫欲违犯中的过患,针对违犯制教的障碍而说:‘世尊所说的那些障碍法,对于受用它的人来说,并不足以成为障碍。’所谓‘以多种方式’,是指以‘欲如骨锁’等种种理据加以说明。比丘众应对那位比丘如此劝谏三次:‘尊者,莫作是说……这对受用它们的你而言,同样足以成为障碍。’如此劝谏后,若他仍不舍弃,犯恶作罪;听闻后不予劝谏者,亦犯恶作罪。将其带至僧团中,同样作此劝谏;若在那里他仍不舍弃,而其余比丘不说,亦犯恶作罪。如此仍不舍弃者,应再以白四甘马如法劝谏,至第三次;若他依然不舍弃,则在动议时及两次羯磨说示时犯恶作罪,甘马语结束时犯波逸提罪。
Aṭṭhame saggamokkhānaṃ antarāyaṃ karontīti antarāyikā, te kammakilesavipākaupavādapaññattivītikkamanavasena pañcavidhā. Tesu mudukānaṃ attharaṇādīnaṃ phasso viya itthisamphassopi vaṭṭatīti methunavītikkamane dosaṃ adisvā paññattivītikkamantarāyike sandhāya ‘‘yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā, te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’ti vuttaṃ. Anekapariyāyenāti ‘‘aṭṭhikaṅkalūpamā kāmā’’tiādīhi (ma. ni. 2.42; pāci. 417; cūḷani. khaggavisāṇasuttaniddesa 147) nekehi kāraṇehi. So bhikkhu bhikkhūhīti ye passanti vā suṇanti vā, tehi tikkhattuṃ evaṃ vattabbo ‘‘mā āyasmā evaṃ avaca…pe… alañca pana te paṭisevato antarāyāyā’’ti. Evaṃ vutte appaṭinissajjantassa dukkaṭaṃ, sutvā avadantānampi dukkaṭaṃ. Puna saṅghamajjhampi ākaḍḍhitvā tatheva vattabbo, tatrāpi tassa appaṭinissajjane, itaresañca avacane dukkaṭameva. Evampi appaṭinissajjanto puna ñatticatutthena kammena yāvatatiyaṃ samanubhāsitabbo, athassa appaṭinissajjato puna ñattiyā ca dvīhi ca kammavācāhi dukkaṭaṃ, kammavācāpariyosāne pācittiyaṃ.
于舍卫城,因阿梨咤比丘不舍恶见之事而制。此为共许制,非由命令;有三波逸提,非法羯磨中则有三恶作罪。若未被劝谏、已舍弃恶见,或是疯狂者等,不犯。如法羯磨、劝谏、不舍弃——此为此处三要素。其起源等,与‘劝谏’相似。
Sāvatthiyaṃ ariṭṭhaṃ ārabbha pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissajjanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, adhammakamme tikadukkaṭaṃ. Asamanubhāsiyamānassa , paṭinissajjantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Dhammakammatā, samanubhāsanā, appaṭinissajjananti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni samanubhāsanasadisānevāti.
九、与被举者共受用学处注释
9. Ukkhittasambhogasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第九条“如是论者”,指声称“我如此领受世尊之法”等言论者。“未行随法者”:随法,是指对于因不见罪、不忏罪、不舍恶见而被以法与律举罪者,见其履行随顺行法后所作的解罪羯磨;若未对他作此名为解罪的随法,便称为“未行随法者”,意为与这样的人共处。共受用,指作财物受用或法受用。共住,指行布萨等僧团羯磨。同宿,指虽在不同近行处,却在同一屋顶下躺卧。其中,就财物受用而言,若以一次动作多次给予或接受,犯一个波逸提;若动作有间断,则每一动作犯一个波逸提。就法受用而言,若以句等方式教诵或令教诵,依句法的方式犯;就共住而言,依羯磨结束的方式犯;就同宿而言,当一人已躺下,另一人依躺下动作的方式犯,应知此为犯相的分齐。
Navame tathāvādināti ‘‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhamma’’ntiādivādinā. Akatānudhammenāti anudhammo vuccati āpattiyā adassane vā appaṭikamme vā pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge vā dhammena vinayena ukkhittakassa anulomavattaṃ disvā kataosāraṇā, so osāraṇasaṅkhāto anudhammo yassa na kato, ayaṃ akatānudhammo nāma, tādisena saddhinti attho. Sambhuñjeyya vāti āmisasambhogaṃ vā dhammasambhogaṃ vā kareyya. Saṃvaseyya vāti uposathādikaṃ saṅghakammaṃ kareyya . Saha vā seyyaṃ kappeyyāti nānūpacārepi ekacchanne nipajjeyya. Tattha āmisaparibhoge ekappayogena bahūpi dadato vā gaṇhato vā ekaṃ pācittiyaṃ, vicchindane sati payoge payoge pācittiyaṃ. Dhammasambhoge padādīhi uddisantassa vā uddisāpentassa vā padasodhamme vuttanayena, saṃvāse kammapariyosānavasena, sahaseyyāya ekasmiṃ nipanne itarassa nipajjanappayogavasena āpattiparicchedo veditabbo.
于舍卫城,因六群比丘与阿里吒比丘共受用之事而制,为共通制戒,非无命令;对被举者有疑者、对未被举者作被举想者及有疑者,犯恶作。对两者皆作未被举想者,或知“此人已被解罪”或“已舍彼见”者,以及疯癫者等,无犯。未行随法、明知、作受用等,此为其中三支。其等起等与不与取相似,但此为制教犯,三心、三受。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye ārabbha ariṭṭhena bhikkhunā saddhiṃ sambhuñjanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, ukkhittake vematikassa, anukkhittake ukkhittakasaññino ceva vematikassa ca dukkaṭaṃ. Ubhosu anukkhittakasaññissa, ‘‘osārito’’ti vā ‘‘taṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭinissaṭṭho’’ti vā jānantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Akatānudhammatā, jānanā, sambhogādikaraṇanti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisāni, idaṃ pana paṇṇattivajjaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
十、刺戒学处注释
10. Kaṇṭakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第十条“沙弥”:沙弥,即沙弥。“走”,即去。“喂,到别处去”,即到无我所之处。“灭亡”,即消失,意为“去我们看不见你的地方”。“如此被驱逐”:此处有共住驱逐、形相驱逐、杖罚驱逐三种驱逐。其中,因不见罪等而举罪,称为共住驱逐。“应驱逐败坏者”(波罗夷66),“应驱逐媚提亚比丘尼”(小品193;波罗夷384),此称为形相驱逐。“贤友沙弥,从今日起,你不得称彼世尊为师”(波逸提429),此称为杖罚驱逐,此处即指此。故说“如此被驱逐”。“劝诱”,即以“我将给你钵、衣、教诫或询问”等方式拉拢。“令侍奉”,即接受粉、泥等,令他为自己作侍奉。共受用与同宿,即如前一条学处所述的方式,因此,此处的犯相分齐亦应依彼所述的方式了知。
Dasame samaṇuddesoti sāmaṇero. Carāti gaccha. Pireti para amāmaka. Vinassāti nassa , yattha taṃ na passāma, tattha gacchāti vuttaṃ hoti. Tathānāsitantiettha saṃvāsanāsanā liṅganāsanā daṇḍakammanāsanāti tisso nāsanā. Tattha āpattiyā adassanādīsu ukkhepanā saṃvāsanāsanā nāma. Dūsako nāsetabbo (pārā. 66), mettiyaṃ bhikkhuniṃ nāsethāti (cūḷava. 193; pārā. 384) ayaṃ liṅganāsanā nāma. ‘‘Ajjatagge te, āvuso samaṇuddesa, na ceva so bhagavā satthā apadisitabbo’’ti (pāci. 429) ayaṃ daṇḍakammanāsanā nāma, ayaṃ idhādhippetā. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘tathānāsita’’nti. Upalāpeyyāti ‘‘pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā uddesaṃ vā paripucchaṃ vā dassāmī’’ti saṅgaṇheyya. Upaṭṭhāpeyyāti cuṇṇamattikādīni sādiyanto tena attano upaṭṭhānaṃ kārāpeyya. Sambhogasahaseyyā anantarasikkhāpade vuttanayā eva, tasmā āpattiparicchedopettha tasmiṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbo.
于舍卫城,因六群比丘劝诱荆棘沙弥之事而制定,其余则与阿里吒学处所述相似。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye bhikkhū ārabbha kaṇṭakasamaṇuddesaupalāpanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sesaṃ ariṭṭhasikkhāpade vuttasadisamevāti.
八、同法品
8. Sahadhammikavaggo
一、同法学处注释
1. Sahadhammikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
同法品第一:“同法者”的含义,已于恶口学处中说明。“于此学处”,意为“对于此学处中所说者,我暂且不学”。波逸提:此处,若以轻蔑的畏惧为借口而这样说,每一语即犯一次波逸提。“应当学”,即顶戴受持教诫,成为愿学者。“应知”,即应当了知。“应遍问”,即应当遍问:“此为何义?”“应遍思”,即应当思惟、权衡。
Sahadhammikavaggassa paṭhame sahadhammikaṃ vuccamānoti imassattho dubbacasikkhāpade vutto. Etasmiṃ sikkhāpadeti etasmiṃ sikkhāpade yaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ na tāva sikkhissāmīti attho. Pācittiyanti ettha pana anādariyabhayā lesena evaṃ vadantassa vācāya vācāya pācittiyaṃ veditabbaṃ. Sikkhamānenāti ovādaṃ sirasā sampaṭicchitvā sikkhitukāmeneva hutvā. Aññātabbanti ājānitabbaṃ. Paripucchitabbanti ‘‘imassa ko attho’’ti paripucchitabbaṃ. Paripañhitabbanti cintetabbaṃ tulayitabbaṃ.
于拘睒弥,因阐那长老如此言论之事而制定。此戒为共通制戒、非无教命,属三句波逸提;向未受具足戒者说,则犯三句恶作。若对二者以“此非为损减”等方式(如波逸提436)而言,即使所说涉及未制戒者,如此言说亦犯恶作。若说“我将了知,我将学习”者,及疯癫者等,无犯。对已受具足戒者,以制戒之言说之,怀不愿学之心而如是说,此为此处二支。其等起等与不与取相似,唯此为苦受。
Kosambiyaṃ channattheraṃ ārabbha evaṃ bhaṇanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ , tikapācittiyaṃ, anupasampanne tikadukkaṭaṃ, ubhohipi ‘‘idaṃ na sallekhāyā’’tiādinā (pāci. 436) nayeneva appaññattena vuccamānassāpi evaṃ vadato dukkaṭameva. ‘‘Jānissāmi sikkhissāmī’’ti bhaṇantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Upasampannassa paññattena vacanaṃ, asikkhitukāmatāya evaṃ vacananti imānettha dve aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisāni, idaṃ pana dukkhavedananti.
二、涂抹学处注释
2. Vilekhanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第二,“被教示时”:指被阿阇梨对弟子说时,或以诵习的方式转读时。“依诸小随小学处”,即依小及随小学处。“唯此而已”,此言其导向作用的界限。此即说:凡教示、令教示或诵习这些学处者,它们便如此导向,乃至“此适宜否?此不适宜否?”的恶作追悔、恼害、疑惑及心的纷扰生起为止。又,“唯此而已”是强调决定,它与“导向”相连,意为它们确实极度地导向恶作、恼害与纷扰。“毁訾学处者”:即如此毁訾、指责学处者,犯波逸提。
Dutiye uddissamāneti ācariyena antevāsikassa vuccamāne vā sajjhāyavasena parivattiyamāne vā. Khuddānukhuddakehīti khuddakehi ca anukhuddakehi ca. Yāvadevāti tesaṃ saṃvattanamariyādaparicchedavacanaṃ. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – etāni hi ye uddisanti vā uddisāpenti vā sajjhāyanti vā, tesaṃ tāva saṃvattanti, yāva ‘‘kappati nu kho, na kappati nu kho’’ti kukkuccavippaṭisāro, vihesā, vicikicchā manovilekhā ca uppajjantiyeva. Atha vā yāvadevāti atisayavavatthāpanaṃ. Tassa ‘saṃvattantī’tiiminā sambandho, kukkuccāya vihesāya vilekhāya ativiya saṃvattantiyevāti vuttaṃ hoti. Sikkhāpadavivaṇṇaketi evaṃ sikkhāpadānaṃ vivaṇṇake garahaṇe pācittiyaṃ hotīti attho.
于舍卫城,针对六群比丘,在毁谤戒律的事缘中所制定。此为共通制戒、非无教命戒、三句波逸提;向未受具足戒者毁谤,犯三句恶作;若对二者毁谤其他法,亦唯是恶作。若非欲毁谤,而说:“你先且学经、偈或阿毗达摩吧,以后也会学戒律的”,及疯癫者等,无罪。欲加指责之心,并在具足戒者面前毁谤学处,是此处的二支。其等起等与不与取相似,唯此为苦受。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye ārabbha vinayavivaṇṇanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, anupasampannassa vivaṇṇane tikadukkaṭaṃ, ubhinnampi aññadhammavivaṇṇane dukkaṭameva. Na vivaṇṇetukāmassa, ‘‘iṅgha tāva suttante vā gāthāyo vā abhidhammaṃ vā pariyāpuṇassu, pacchāpi vinayaṃ pariyāpuṇissasī’’ti bhaṇato, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Garahitukāmatā ca, upasampannassa santike sikkhāpadavivaṇṇanañcāti imānettha dve aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisāni, idaṃ pana dukkhavedananti.
三、蒙混学处的解释
3. Mohanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第三句中,“每半月”是指依顺序半月半月地。“正在诵出”是指因布萨而被诵出时。“而他在那里犯了什么罪”是指:他作了那样的恶行后,想以不知情为由让人知晓其犯戒情况而这样说,针对那恶行,他犯了什么罪。“而应依如法处置”是指:虽因不知情而犯,并无豁免,但仍应依如法与律所确立的方式对该罪加以处置——若可依说罪遣除,则令其说罪;若可依出罪遣除,则令其出罪。这是其含义。“更应加其愚痴羯磨”是指:在如法处置之外,更以“贤友,你……”等语呵责后,应以白二甘马对该人加施愚痴羯磨。“这是对那愚痴者的波逸提”是指:若已如此加施愚痴羯磨后,又再次愚弄,则对此愚痴者,应知此为波逸提;并非对未加羯磨者愚弄。这是其含义。
Tatiye anvaḍḍhamāsanti anupaṭipāṭiyā addhamāse addhamāse. Uddissamāneti uposathavasena uddisiyamāne. Yañca tattha āpattiṃ āpannoti yaṃ so anācāraṃ ācaritvā aññāṇakena āpannabhāvaṃ jānāpetukāmo evamāha, tasmiṃ anācāre yaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno. Tañca yathādhammo kāretabboti aññāṇakena āpannattā mokkho natthi, yathā pana dhammo ca vinayo ca ṭhito, tathā taṃ āpattiṃ kāretabbo, desanāgāminiyā desāpetabbo, vuṭṭhānagāminiyā vuṭṭhāpetabboti attho. Uttari cassa moho āropetabboti yathādhammakaraṇato ca uttari ‘‘tassa te, āvuso’’tiādivacanehi ninditvā tassa puggalassa ñattidutiyakammena moho āropetabbo. Idaṃ tasmiṃ mohanake pācittiyanti yo evaṃ āropite mohe puna moheti, tasmiṃ mohanake puggale idaṃ pācittiyaṃ veditabbaṃ, na anāropite moheti attho.
于舍卫城,针对六群比丘,在愚弄事缘中制定;此为共通制戒、非无指令戒、三句波逸提;于非法羯磨,有三句恶作;于未加愚痴羯磨时,唯是恶作。若未详细听闻,或仅详细听闻不足两三次,以及不欲愚弄者,及疯癫者等,无罪。已加愚痴羯磨、欲愚弄之心、依所说方式已听闻、愚弄,这是此处的四个要素。其等起等与不与取相似,但此为苦受。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye ārabbha mohanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, adhammakamme tikadukkaṭaṃ, anāropite mohe dukkaṭameva. Yena na vitthārena sutaṃ, ūnakadvattikkhattuṃ vā vitthārena sutaṃ, ye ca na mohetukāmā tesaṃ, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Mohāropanaṃ, mohetukāmatā, vuttanayena sutabhāvo, mohananti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisāni, idaṃ pana dukkhavedananti.
四、打击学处的解释
4. Pahārasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第四句中,“若给予打击”是指:若以欲打击之心施加打击,即使对方因此而死,也唯是波逸提。
Catutthe pahāraṃ dadeyyāti ettha paharitukāmatāya pahāre dinne sacepi marati, pācittiyameva.
在舍卫城,针对六群比丘,于殴打因缘而制定。此为共通制戒,非因指令而犯,三句波逸提。对未受具足戒者,有三句恶作。若以毁容等意图,即使对受具足戒者割耳等,亦唯是恶作。若遭人迫害,为求解脱而作,以及疯癫者等,无犯。忿怒、非以解脱为意图、对受具足戒者给予打击,是此处的三要素。其等起等与第一波罗夷相似,但此处为苦受。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye ārabbha pahāradānavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, anupasampanne tikadukkaṭaṃ, virūpakaraṇādhippāyena pana upasampannassapi kaṇṇādicchedane dukkaṭameva. Kenaci viheṭhiyamānassa pana mokkhādhippāyassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Kupitatā, na mokkhādhippāyatā, upasampannassa pahāradānanti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni paṭhamapārājikasadisāni, idaṃ pana dukkhavedananti.
五、手掌学处的解释
5. Talasattikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第五句中,“若举起手掌”是指:显示欲打击之相,举起身体或身系之物。在此,因举起之缘犯波逸提。然而,若举起后失误而给予打击,由于并非以欲打击之心而施,故唯是恶作;若因该打击导致手等任何部位受伤,亦唯是恶作。此中其余一切,应如前学处而知。
Pañcame talasattikaṃ uggireyyāti pahāradānākāraṃ dassento kāyaṃ vā kāyappaṭibaddhaṃ vā uccāreyya. Ettha ca uggiraṇapaccayā pācittiyaṃ. Sace pana uggiritvā viraddho pahāraṃ deti, na paharitukāmatāya dinnattā dukkaṭameva, tena pahārena hatthādīsu yaṃkiñci bhijjati, dukkaṭameva. Sesamettha sabbaṃ purimasikkhāpade vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.
6. 无根学处解释
6. Amūlakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第六句中,“以无根”是指没有见等根据。“若诽谤”是指自己指责或令他人指责。“波逸提”是指:若被指责者当下即知“他在指责我”,则指责者犯波逸提。
Chaṭṭhe amūlakenāti diṭṭhādimūlavirahitena. Anuddhaṃseyyāti codeyya vā codāpeyya vā. Pācittiyanti sace cuditako taṅkhaṇaññeva ‘‘codeti ma’’nti jānāti, codakassa pācittiyaṃ.
在舍卫城,针对六群比丘,因以无根的桑喀地谢沙而诽谤的事缘而制定;这是共通学处,有教诫,三句波逸提;若以戒坏或见坏加以诽谤,犯恶作;对未受具足戒者,有三句恶作。若作如是想者,以及疯狂者等,无罪。受具足戒的状态、对桑喀地谢沙的无根性、诽谤、当场知觉,是此处的四个要素。其等起等与不与取相似,但此为苦受。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye ārabbha amūlakena saṅghādisesena anuddhaṃsanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, sāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, ācāravipattiyā vā diṭṭhivipattiyā vā anuddhaṃsane dukkaṭaṃ, anupasampanne tikadukkaṭaṃ. Tathāsaññissa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Upasampannatā, saṅghādisesassa amūlakatā, anuddhaṃsanā, taṅkhaṇavijānanāti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisāni, idaṃ pana dukkhavedananti.
7. 故意学处解释
7. Sañciccasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第七句中,“若令生起恶作”是指说“我想你未满二十岁”等语而生起恶作。如此,在他本无生起恶作之缘时,故意令人生起者,每说一语即犯波逸提。
Sattame kukkuccaṃ upadaheyyāti ‘‘ūnavīsativasso tvaṃ maññe’’tiādīni (pāci. 466) bhaṇanto uppādeyya. Evaṃ aññasmiṃ uppādanapaccaye asati sañcicca uppādentassa vācāya vācāya pācittiyaṃ.
在舍卫城,针对六群比丘,因引起恶作的事缘而制定;这是共通学处,非无教诫,三句波逸提;对未受具足戒者,有三句恶作。若不欲引起,仅出于利益之心而那样说者,以及疯狂者等,无罪。受具足戒的状态、欲令不安、引起恶作,是此处的三个要素。其等起等与前一学处相似。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye ārabbha kukkuccauppādanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, anupasampanne tikadukkaṭaṃ. Nauppādetukāmassa, kevalaṃ hitesitāya tathā vadantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Upasampannatā, aphāsukāmatā , kukkuccuppādananti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni anantarasadisānevāti.
8. 窃听学处解释
8. Upassutisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第八项:“陷入争论者”,指因争斗口角而陷入诤论事之人。“近听”,即靠近以闻,意为站在可听见他们言辞之处。每行一步即犯恶作,快步走或落后时亦同。若立于某处而听,站定时即犯波逸提。当他们在近处商议时,应咳嗽或说“我在此”以告知;若不告知而听闻,同样犯波逸提。
Aṭṭhame vivādāpannānanti bhaṇḍanakalahehi vivaḍḍhitaṃ vivādādhikaraṇaṃ āpannānaṃ. Upassutinti sutisamīpaṃ, yattha ṭhatvā sakkā hoti tesaṃ vacanaṃ sotuṃ, tattha tiṭṭheyyāti attho. ‘‘Tattha sossāmī’’ti codetukāmatāya gacchato pade pade dukkaṭaṃ, turitagamanepi ohīyamānepi eseva nayo. Yattha pana ṭhito suṇāti, tattha ṭhitassa pācittiyaṃ, attano ṭhitokāsaṃ āgantvā tesu mantayamānesupi ukkāsitvā, ‘‘ahaṃ etthā’’ti vā vatvā jānāpetabbaṃ, evaṃ akarontassāpi savane pācittiyameva.
此学处于舍卫城因六群比丘而制,缘偷听立足之事;为共通制、未宣令制、三事波逸提;若对未受具足戒者,则犯三事恶作。若心想“听闻此事后,我将抑制、停止、平息、解脱自己”而前往,及精神失常等,则不犯。受具足戒、有检举心、听闻,是为此处三要素。此戒之生起,或为作意,或不作意,为舍想解脱,为有他心,为世间所诃,为身业,为语业,为不善心,为苦受。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye ārabbha upassutiṭṭhānavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, anupasampanne tikadukkaṭaṃ, ‘‘imesaṃ sutvā oramissāmi viramissāmi vūpasamissāmi attānaṃ parimocessāmī’’ti (pāci. 473) gacchato, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Upasampannatā, codanādhippāyo, savananti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Theyyasatthasamuṭṭhānaṃ idaṃ pana siyā kiriyaṃ, siyā akiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, dukkhavedananti.
九、阻挠羯磨学处的解释
9. Kammappaṭibāhanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第九项:“如法羯磨”,指依于法、依于律、依于师教而行的四种羯磨:求听羯磨、白羯磨、白二甘马、白四甘马。此处略判羯磨如下:求听羯磨者,乃和合僧团同意后,先陈述其事由,再三宣告“僧团认可”而应作之羯磨。仅以一次白,经和合僧团同意而应作之羯磨,名为白羯磨。以一次白及一次宣告而应作之羯磨,名为白二甘马。以一次白及三次宣告而应作之羯磨,名为白四甘马。
Navame dhammikānaṃ kammānanti dhammena vinayena satthusāsanena katānaṃ apalokanakammaṃ ñattikammaṃ ñattidutiyakammaṃ ñatticatutthakammanti imesaṃ catunnaṃ kammānaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ saṅkhepato kammavinicchayo – tatra apalokanakammaṃ nāma samaggassa saṅghassa anumatiyā taṃ taṃ vatthuṃ kittetvā ‘‘ruccati saṅghassā’’ti tikkhattuṃ sāvetvā kattabbaṃ kammaṃ vuccati. Samaggasseva pana saṅghassa anumatiyā ekāya ñattiyā kattabbaṃ kammaṃ ñattikammaṃ nāma. Ekāya ñattiyā ceva anussāvanāya ca kattabbaṃ kammaṃ ñattidutiyakammaṃ nāma. Ekāya pana ñattiyā tīhi ca anussāvanāhi kattabbaṃ kammaṃ ñatticatutthakammaṃ nāma.
其中,求听羯磨适用于五种情况:召回、驱出、下意羯磨、梵罚、业相羯磨。此中,驱出如同驱逐迦罗沙弥;见到如此如法行事之后便让其进入,应知为“召回”。询问欲出家者剃发之事,名为下意羯磨。对于多言、以恶语扰乱比丘的比丘,应作如是言:“某比丘多言,以恶语扰乱比丘而住,他想说什么就说什么,比丘们不应与他说话,不应教诫、教导他。”并问:“尊者,我问僧团,僧团是否认可给某比丘梵罚?”“尊者,我第二次问……我第三次问——僧团是否认可给某比丘梵罚?”如此应作的羯磨,名为梵罚。而世尊依比丘尼露大腿等见闻之事,规定“诸比丘!应对那比丘不作礼敬”,从而准许了不敬羯磨。比丘尼们便在住处坐着说道:“大姊!某尊者令比丘尼不生信乐,给予此尊者的不敬处理,比丘尼僧团是否认可?”然后即应执行。由于这种羯磨的特征就是羯磨本身,而非召回等,故称为“业相羯磨”。此“业相羯磨”虽是为比丘尼而制定的,但比丘们也可行。因此,比丘们对未完成割截衣等者给与衣等,或受用、撤回应受用、应撤回之物,或订立如此如法的规约时,经过三次宣告后应作求听羯磨,这一切都归入业相羯磨。
Tesu apalokanakammaṃ (pari. 496; pari. aṭṭha. 495-496) pañca ṭhānāni gacchati osāraṇaṃ nissāraṇaṃ bhaṇḍukammaṃ brahmadaṇḍaṃ kammalakkhaṇanti. Tattha kaṇṭakasāmaṇerassa nāsanā viya nissāraṇā, tādisaṃyeva sammāvattantaṃ disvā pavesanā ‘osāraṇā’ti veditabbā. Pabbajjāpekkhassa kesacchedanāpucchanaṃ bhaṇḍukammaṃ (mahāva. 98) nāma. Mukharassa bhikkhuno bhikkhū duruttavacanehi ghaṭṭentassa ‘‘itthannāmo bhikkhu mukharo bhikkhū duruttavacanehi ghaṭṭento viharati, so bhikkhu yaṃ iccheyya, taṃ vadeyya, bhikkhūhi itthannāmo bhikkhu neva vattabbo, na ovādānusāsaniṃ kattabbo, na ovaditabbo’’ti ‘‘saṅghaṃ, bhante , pucchāmi ‘itthannāmassa bhikkhuno brahmadaṇḍassa dānaṃ ruccati saṅghassā’ti, dutiyampi pucchāmi, tatiyampi pucchāmi ‘itthannāmassa, bhante, bhikkhuno brahmadaṇḍassa dānaṃ ruccati saṅghassā’’’ti evaṃ kattabbaṃ kammaṃ brahmadaṇḍaṃ (cūḷava. 445) nāma. Yaṃ pana bhagavatā bhikkhunīnaṃ ūruṃ vivaritvā dassanādivatthūsu ‘‘avandiyo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu bhikkhunisaṅghena kātabbo’’ti (cūḷava. 411) evaṃ avandiyakammaṃ anuññātaṃ, yaṃ bhikkhunīhi ‘‘ayye, asuko nāma ayyo bhikkhunīnaṃ appasādanīyaṃ dasseti, etassa ayyassa avandiyakaraṇaṃ ‘ruccati bhikkhunisaṅghassā’’’ti evaṃ upassaye nisinnāheva bhikkhunīhi kattabbaṃ, evarūpaṃ kammaṃ yasmā tassa kammaṃyeva lakkhaṇaṃ na osāraṇādīni, tasmā kammalakkhaṇanti vuccati. Idañca kammalakkhaṇaṃ nāma bhikkhunimūlakaṃ paññattaṃ, apica bhikkhūnampi labbhati, tasmā bhikkhūhipi acchinnacīvarakādīnaṃ cīvarādīni vā dentehi, paribhuñjitabbāni apanetabbānipi vatthūni paribhuñjantehi vā, apanentehi vā, tathārūpaṃ vā dhammikaṃ katikaṃ karontehi tikkhattuṃ sāvetvā apalokanakammaṃ kātabbaṃ, sabbañhetaṃ kammalakkhaṇameva pavisati, iti apalokanakammaṃ pañca ṭhānāni gacchati.
单白业共有九处:引入、遣出、布萨、自恣、任命、给予、接受、撤销、业相。其中,如:“尊者僧伽请听,某甲是某甲尊者的求具足戒者,已由我教导,若僧伽时机适当,某甲应来,应对他说‘你来’。”(《大品》126)这样对求具足戒者的引入,即名为引入。如:“诸尊者请听,这位某甲比丘是说法者,他既不通达经,也不通达经分别,不善察义理,以辞影遮蔽义理。若诸尊者时机适当,令某甲比丘退出之后,我们其余人平息此诤事。”(《小品》233)这样在多数决断中,对说法比丘的遣出,即名为遣出。如:“尊者僧伽请听,今日是布萨日……僧伽应行布萨。”这样依布萨业而立的动议,名为布萨。如:“尊者僧伽请听,今日是十五日自恣,若僧伽时机适当,僧伽应自恣。”(《大品》210)这样依自恣业而立的动议,名为自恣。如:“尊者僧伽请听,某甲是某甲的求具足戒者,若僧伽时机适当,我教导某甲”,或:“若僧伽时机适当,某甲教导某甲。”(《大品》126)这样为任命自己或他人而立的动议,名为任命。如:“尊者僧伽请听,这件衣是某甲比丘的应舍衣,已舍予僧伽,若僧伽时机适当,僧伽……”
Ñattikammaṃ pana nava ṭhānāni gacchati osāraṇaṃ nissāraṇaṃ uposathaṃ pavāraṇaṃ sammutiṃ dānaṃ paṭiggahaṃ paccukkaḍḍhanaṃ kammalakkhaṇanti. Tattha ‘‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho, itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho, anusiṭṭho so mayā, yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, itthannāmo āgaccheyya , ‘āgacchāhī’ti vattabbo’’ti (mahāva. 126) evaṃ upasampadāpekkhassa osāraṇā osāraṇā nāma. ‘‘Suṇantu me āyasmantā, ayaṃ itthannāmo bhikkhu dhammakathiko, imassa neva suttaṃ āgacchati, no suttavibhaṅgo, so atthaṃ asallakkhetvā byañjanacchāyāya atthaṃ paṭibāhati, yadāyasmantānaṃ pattakallaṃ, itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ vuṭṭhāpetvā avasesā imaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasameyyāmā’’ti evaṃ ubbhāhikavinicchaye (cūḷava. 233) dhammakathikassa bhikkhuno nissāraṇā nissāraṇā nāma. ‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho, ajjuposatho…pe… uposathaṃ kareyyā’’ti evaṃ uposathakammavasena ṭhapitā ñatti uposatho nāma. ‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho, ajja pavāraṇā pannarasī, yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho pavāreyyā’’ti (mahāva. 210) evaṃ pavāraṇākammavasena ṭhapitā ñatti pavāraṇā nāma. ‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho, itthannāmo itthannāmassa upasampadāpekkho, yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ itthannāmaṃ anusāseyya’’nti, ‘‘yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, itthannāmo itthannāmaṃ anusāseyyā’’ti (mahāva. 126) evaṃ attānaṃ vā paraṃ vā sammannituṃ ṭhapitā ñatti sammuti nāma. ‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho, imaṃ cīvaraṃ itthannāmassa bhikkhuno nissaggiyaṃ saṅghassa nissaṭṭhaṃ, yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho imaṃ cīvaraṃ itthannāmassa bhikkhuno dadeyyā’’ti (pārā. 464) evaṃ nissaṭṭhacīvarapattādīnaṃ dānaṃ dānaṃ nāma. ‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho, ayaṃ itthannāmo bhikkhu āpattiṃ sarati vivarati uttāniṃ karoti deseti, yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ itthannāmassa bhikkhuno āpattiṃ paṭiggaṇheyya’’nti, tena vattabbo ‘passasī’ti, ‘āma, passāmī’ti, ‘‘āyatiṃ saṃvareyyāsī’’ti (cūḷava. 239) evaṃ āpattippaṭiggaho paṭiggaho nāma. ‘‘Suṇantu me āyasmantā āvāsikā, yadāyasmantānaṃ pattakallaṃ, idāni uposathaṃ kareyyāma, pātimokkhaṃ uddiseyyāma, āgame kāle pavāreyyāmā’’ti (mahāva. 240) evaṃ katappavāraṇappaccukkaḍḍhanā paccukkaḍḍhanā nāma. Tiṇavattārakasamathe (cūḷava. 212) sabbasaṅgāhikañatti, ekekasmiṃ pakkhe ekekā ñatti cāti tissopi ñattiyo kammalakkhaṇaṃ nāma. Iti ñattikammaṃ nava ṭhānāni gacchati.
白二业共有七处:引入、遣出、任命、给予、撤销、说示、业相。其中,对具足八种条件(如为比丘的无利而奔走等)的优婆塞,僧伽为不与他共食,以覆钵的方式予以遣出,这称为遣出。当该优婆塞如法行持时,以揭钵的方式予以引入,应知此在《小品》跋耆族离车事(《小品》265-266)中有述。应知,任命包括:界任命、不离三衣任命、坐具任命、差食人、差分房人、差库司、差受衣人、差分粥人、差分果人、差分嚼食人、差分杂物人、差分浴衣人、差分钵人、差园民使者、差沙弥使者等任命。应知,给予包括:咖提那衣的给予、亡者衣的给予。应知,撤销包括:咖提那衣的撤销。应知,说示包括:小屋地基说示、精舍地基说示。又在如草覆地灭诤法(《小品》212等)中,一方一白、另一方一白的两则白二业语,以及在愚痴罚等中的业语(《波逸提》446),依此应知为业相。如是,白二业共有七处。
Ñattidutiyakammaṃ satta ṭhānāni gacchati osāraṇaṃ nissāraṇaṃ sammutiṃ dānaṃ uddhāraṃ desanaṃ kammalakkhaṇanti. Tattha bhikkhūnaṃ alābhāya parisakkanādikehi aṭṭhahi aṅgehi samannāgatassa upāsakassa saṅghena asambhogakaraṇatthaṃ pattanikkujjanavasena nissāraṇā nissāraṇā nāma. Tasseva sammāvattantassa pattukkujjanavasena osāraṇā ca veditabbā, sā khuddakakkhandhake vaḍḍhalicchavivatthusmiṃ (cūḷava. 265-266) vuttā. Sīmāsammuti ticīvarena avippavāsasammutisanthatasammutibhattuddesakasenāsanaggāhāpakabhaṇḍāgārikacīvarappaṭiggāhakayāgubhājakaphalabhājakakhajjabhājakaappamattakavissajjakasāṭiyaggāhapakapattaggāhāpakaārāmikapesakasāmaṇerapesakasammutīti etāsaṃ sammutīnaṃ vasena sammuti veditabbā. Kathinacīvaramatakacīvaradānavasena dānaṃ veditabbaṃ. Kathinuddhāravasena uddhāro veditabbo. Kuṭivatthuvihāravatthudesanāvasena desanā veditabbā. Yā pana tiṇavatthārakasamathe (cūḷava. 212 ādayo) ekasmiṃ pakkhe ekā, ekasmiṃ pakkhe ekāti dve ñattidutiyakammavācā vuttā, yā ca mohāropanādīsu kammavācā (pāci. 446) vuttā, tāsaṃ vasena kammalakkhaṇaṃ veditabbaṃ, iti ñattidutiyakammaṃ satta ṭhānāni gacchati.
白四业亦有七事:引入、遣出、任命、给予、呵责、数数谏、业相。其中,以呵责业等七种业(《小品》1等)为遣出;以这些业的废止为引入;应知依教诫比丘尼任命(《波逸提》146-147)为任命;依别住给予(《小品》102)与敬悦给予(《小品》105)为给予;依牵回本处(《小品》110)为呵责;依被举者随顺、八种三谏、阿利吒(《波逸提》417)、旃陀迦利(《波逸提》709)等,共十一种数数谏,为数数谏;依具足戒业与出罪业为业相。如是,白四业共有七事。
Ñatticatutthakammampi satteva ṭhānāni gacchati osāraṇaṃ nissāraṇaṃ sammutiṃ dānaṃ niggahaṃ samanubhāsanaṃ kammalakkhaṇanti. Tattha tajjanīyakammādīnaṃ (cūḷava. 1 ādayo) sattannaṃ kammānaṃ vasena nissāraṇā, tesaṃyeva kammānaṃ paṭippassambhanavasena osāraṇā ca veditabbā, bhikkhunovādakasammutivasena (pāci. 146-147) sammuti, parivāsadāna(caūḷava. 102) mānattadānavasena (cūḷava. 105) dānaṃ, mūlāyapaṭikassanavasena (cūḷava. 110) niggaho, ukkhittānuvattikā , aṭṭha yāvatatiyakā, ariṭṭho (pāci. 417), caṇḍakāḷī (pāci. 709) cāti ime te yāvatatiyakāti imāsaṃ ekādasannaṃ samanubhāsanānaṃ vasena samanubhāsanā, upasampadākammaabbhānakammavasena kammalakkhaṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. Iti ñatticatutthakammaṃ satta ṭhānāni gacchati.
于此四种业中,白告业应以白告方式而作,不应以单白业等方式作。单白业亦唯立一白而作,不应以白告业等方式作。然而,白二业有可白告而作者,亦有不可白告而作者。其中,界任命、界废除(《大品》139-140, 144等)、咖提那衣给予、咖提那衣撤销、小屋地基说示、精舍地基说示,此六种业为重业,不可白告而作,须唱白二业语而作。其余十三种任命,以及差分房人任命、亡者衣给予任命等,这些轻业可白告而作,然绝不可以单白业等方式作。白四业亦须以完整相而作,不可依其余业的方式作。如是,这些业各依自相,具足事、白、唱说、界、众会而成就,因依法、依律、依师教而作,故法存于其中,名为如法业。若对如此如法业,先已给予同意,事后却行讥嫌法者,则每语每语犯波逸提。
Imesu pana catūsu kammesu apalokanakammaṃ apaloketvāva kātabbaṃ, ñattikammādivasena na kātabbaṃ. Ñattikammampi ekaṃ ñattiṃ ṭhapetvāva kātabbaṃ, apalokanakammādivasena na kātabbaṃ. Ñattidutiyakammaṃ pana apaloketvā kātabbampi atthi akātabbampi, tattha sīmāsammuti sīmāsamūhananaṃ (mahāva. 139-140, 144 ādayo) kathinacīvaradānaṃ kathinuddhāro kuṭivatthudesanā vihāravatthudesanāti imāni cha kammāni garukāni apaloketvā kātuṃ na vaṭṭanti, ñattidutiyakammavācaṃ sāvetvāva kātabbāni. Avasesā terasa sammutiyo senāsanaggāhāpakamatakacīvaradānasammutiyo cāti etāni lahukammāni apaloketvāpi kātuṃ vaṭṭanti, ñattikammādivasena pana na kātabbāneva. Ñatticatutthakammampi sakalakkhaṇeneva kātabbaṃ, na sesakammavasena. Evaṃ attano attano lakkhaṇeneva vatthuñattianussāvanāsīmāparisāsampattiyā katāni etāni kammāni dhammena vinayena satthusāsanena katattā dhammo etesu atthīti dhammikāni nāma honti, iti etesaṃ dhammikānaṃ kammānaṃ chandaṃ datvā pacchā khīyanadhammaṃ āpajjantassa vācāya vācāya pācittiyaṃ.
在舍卫城,以六群比丘为缘起,于非难与犯戒事中制定。此为共通制立,非属无犯。于如法羯磨有疑者、于非法羯磨作如法羯磨想者、以及有疑者,犯恶作。作非法羯磨想者,若知‘他们以非法、以别众、或对不应作羯磨者作羯磨’而讥嫌者,以及痴狂者等,无犯。如法羯磨性、如法羯磨想、已给与欲而后讥嫌,此中此为三支。其等起等与不与取相同,然此为苦受。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye ārabbha khīyanadhammāpajjanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, dhammakamme vematikassa, adhammakamme dhammakammasaññino, vematikassa ca dukkaṭaṃ. Adhammakammasaññissa , ‘‘adhammena vā vaggena vā nakammārahassa vā kammaṃ karontī’’ti ñatvā khīyantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Dhammakammatā, dhammakammasaññitā, chandaṃ datvā khīyananti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisāneva, idaṃ pana dukkhavedananti.
十、不给欲而去学处之解释
10. Chandaṃadatvāgamanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第十项中,“在裁决进行中”是指:所告之事尚未裁决,或者除动议之外,甘马语尚未完成,此时即名为裁决在进行中。若有比丘在此期间,以欲破坏羯磨之心离开僧众的伸手范围,则离开时犯恶作,离开后犯波逸提。
Dasame vinicchayakathāyāti yāva ārocitaṃ vatthu avinicchikaṃ, ñattiṃ vā ṭhapetvā kammavācā aniṭṭhāpitā, tāva vinicchayakathā vattamānā nāma hoti. Yo bhikkhu etasmiṃ antare kammaṃ kopetukāmatāya parisāya hatthapāsaṃ vijahati, tassa vijahane dukkaṭaṃ, vijahite pācittiyaṃ.
在舍卫城,以某比丘为缘起,于未给与欲便离去的事缘中制定。此为共通制立,非无犯。若对如法羯磨有疑者、对非法羯磨作如法羯磨想者、以及有疑者,犯恶作。然而,对于作非法羯磨想者,若明知“僧中将起诤论等,或他们将以非法、以别众、或对不应作羯磨者作羯磨”(波逸提483)而离去者,或因疾病、或因照顾病人、或因大小便等所逼迫,且并非欲破坏羯磨,而心想“我将回来”而离去者,以及痴狂者等,不犯。在裁决进行中、如法羯磨、如法羯磨想、住于同一界内、同一共住、因欲破坏而离伸手范围,此中以此六者为支。等起为劝说等起,有行作与无行作,想为解脱,有思心,世间罪,身业,语业,不善心,苦受。
Sāvatthiyaṃ aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ ārabbha chandaṃ adatvā pakkamanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, dhammakamme vematikassa, adhammakamme dhammakammasaññino, vematikassa ca dukkaṭaṃ. Adhammakammasaññissa pana, yo ca ‘‘saṅghassa bhaṇḍanādīni vā bhavissanti, adhammena vā vaggena vā nakammārahassa vā kammaṃ karissantī’’ti (pāci. 483) ñatvā, gilāno vā hutvā, gilānassa vā karaṇīyena, uccārādīhi vā pīḷito, na ca kammaṃ kopetukāmo ‘‘puna paccāgamissāmī’’ti gacchati, tassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Vinicchayakathāya vattamānatā, dhammakammatā, dhammakammasaññitā, samānasīmāyaṃ ṭhitatā, samānasaṃvāsakatā, kopetukāmatāya hatthapāsavijahananti imānettha cha aṅgāni. Samanubhāsanasamuṭṭhānaṃ, kiriyākiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, dukkhavedananti.
十一、弱学处之解释
11. Dubbalasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第十一项中,“由和合僧”是指:与同一共住、住在同一界内的僧伽一起给与衣服。“如所亲厚”:即由于朋友、见交、同伴的关系而亲厚者,对于那样的人。“波逸提”:与僧伽一同,由自己通过铺设坐卧处等方式,给与被选定的比丘衣服之后,又于背后讥嫌者,每说一句便犯波逸提。
Ekādasame samaggena saṅghenāti samānasaṃvāsakena samānasīmāyaṃ ṭhitena saṅghena saddhiṃ cīvaraṃ datvā. Yathāsanthutanti yo yo mittasandiṭṭhasambhattavasena santhuto, tassa tassāti attho. Pācittiyanti evaṃ saṅghena saddhiṃ sayameva senāsanapaññāpanādivasena sammatassa bhikkhuno cīvaraṃ datvā pacchā khīyantassa vācāya vācāya pācittiyaṃ.
王舍城,因六群比丘而缘起,于“给予衣服后讥嫌”事中制定。此为共通之学处,非无犯。于如法羯磨,犯三波逸提。除衣服外,若给予其他应舍应分的资具后讥嫌者,犯恶作。所谓应舍应分,即除去五种重物之外的一切资具。依类别,五种重物被示明如下:一者园与园地;二者精舍与精舍地;三者床、椅、褥、枕;四者铁釜、铁罐、铁壶、铁锅、斧、锄、锹、镐;五者蔓、竹、文阇草、波婆草、草、泥、木器、泥器。此五种僧伽所有物,既不可给予或分配给僧伽,亦不可给予或分配给别众或个人;即便已给予或已分配,仍为僧伽物。然而,以固定物替换固定物,或以其他非应物、大价应物换取他物,审察对僧伽有益后,以应物交换而换取,此是可行的;为保护上等坐卧处等,可舍劣等物,舍后亦可受用。其中,前三类中无任何非重物;第四类中,铁釜、铁罐、铁锅此三物,乃至仅能容一握水之量者,亦为重物。然铁壶,由黑铁、铜、黄铜、白铜等任一制成者,在锡兰岛,能容一脚量者方可分;所谓一脚量,约合摩揭陀量器之五量,超过此量则为重物。以上为巴利圣典中所载之铁器。
Rājagahe chabbaggiye ārabbha cīvaraṃ datvā pacchā khīyanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, dhammakamme tikapācittiyaṃ, cīvaraṃ ṭhapetvā aññaṃ vissajjiyavebhaṅgiyaṃ parikkhāraṃ datvā pacchākhīyantassa dukkaṭaṃ, vissajjiyavebhaṅgiyo nāma ṭhapetvā pañca garubhaṇḍāni avaseso. Rāsivasena hi pañca garubhaṇḍāni vuttāni, tattha ārāmo ārāmavatthūti ekaṃ, vihāro vihāravatthūti dutiyaṃ, mañco pīṭhaṃ bhisi bimbohananti tatiyaṃ, lohakumbhī lohabhāṇakaṃ lohavārako lohakaṭāhaṃ vāsi parasu kuṭhārī kudālo nikhādananti catutthaṃ, valli veḷu muñjaṃ pabbajaṃ tiṇaṃ mattikā dārubhaṇḍaṃ mattikābhaṇḍanti pañcamaṃ. Etāni hi pañca saṅghasantakāni neva saṅghassa, na gaṇapuggalānaṃ vissajjetuṃ vā vibhajituṃ vā vaṭṭanti, vissajjitavibhattānipi saṅghikāneva honti. Thāvarena pana thāvaraṃ, itarena ca akappiyena mahagghakappiyena vā itaraṃ saṅghassa upakāraṃ sallakkhetvā kappiyaparivattanena parivattetuṃ vaṭṭati, varasenāsanādīnaṃ saṃrakkhaṇatthaṃ lāmakāni vissajjetuṃ vissajjetvā paribhuñjituñca vaṭṭati. Ettha ca purimesu tīsu rāsīsu agarubhaṇḍaṃ nāma kiñci natthi, catutthe lohakumbhī arañjarasaṇṭhānaṃ lohabhāṇakaṃ lohakaṭāhanti imāni tīṇi antamaso pasatamattaudakaggaṇhanakānipi garubhaṇḍāni. Lohavārako pana kāḷalohatambalohakaṃsalohavaṭṭalohānaṃ yena kenaci kato sīhaḷadīpe pādaggaṇhanako bhājetabbo, pādo ca nāma magadhanāḷiyā pañcanāḷimattaṃ gaṇhāti, tato atirekaṃ garubhaṇḍaṃ, imāni tāva pāḷiyaṃ āgatāni lohabhājanāni.
然而,即使巴利圣典未提及者,如水瓶、承水器、勺、匙、杓、碟、盘、箱、炭火盆、烟匙等,虽为小物,亦属重物。铁钵、铁盘、铜盘,此为可分物。黄铜、白铜等金属器皿制品,若为僧伽共用或在家者所施,则可受用;若为个人私用,则不可。除彼器皿制品外,其他应物金属器中,如眼药筒、眼药棒、鼻药管、耳垢匙、针、小胡椒磨、小锥、钥匙、锁、剪刀、杖、矛、镐、各种锻铁、杂铁器等,一切皆为可分物。然烟囱、犁头、灯树、灯盘、悬挂灯、女人像、男人像、畜生像等,或其他应安装于墙壁、屋顶、门等上者,乃至铁门闩在内,一切铁器皆为重物。即使自己所得而持有,亦不可作个人私用;若为僧伽共用或在家者所施,则可。锡器亦同此理。由乳石所成之碟、盘等,亦为重物。
Pāḷiyaṃ pana anāgatānipi bhiṅgārapaṭiggahauḷuṅkadabbikaṭacchupāti taṭṭakasarakasamuggaaṅgārakapalladhūmakaṭacchuādīni khuddakānipi garubhaṇḍāneva, ayapatto ayathālakaṃ tambalohathālakanti imāni pana bhājanīyāni, kaṃsalohavaṭṭalohabhājanavikati saṅghikaparibhogena vā gihivikaṭā vā vaṭṭati, puggalikaparibhogena na vaṭṭati. Ṭhapetvā pana taṃ bhājanavikatiṃ aññasmimpi kappiyalohabhaṇḍe añjanī añjanisalākā natthudānaṃ kaṇṇamalaharaṇī sūci khuddako pipphaliko khuddakaṃ ārakaṇṭakaṃ kuñcikā tāḷaṃ kattarayaṭṭhi vedhako bhindivālako yathātathāghanakatalohaṃvippakatalohabhaṇḍañca sabbaṃ bhājanīyaṃ. Dhūmanettaphāladīparukkhadīpakapallikaolambakadīpaitthipurisatiracchānarūpakāni pana aññāni vā bhitticchadanakavāṭādīsu upanetabbāni, antamaso lohakhilakaṃ upādāya sabbānipi lohabhaṇḍāni garubhaṇḍāniyeva, attanā laddhāni pariharitvāpi puggalikaparibhogena na paribhuñjitabbāni, saṅghikaparibhogena vā gihivikaṭāni vā vaṭṭanti, tipubhaṇḍepi eseva nayo. Khīrapāsāṇamayāni taṭṭakasarakādīni garubhaṇḍāniyeva.
然而,罐器、油器或容脚器,若超过容脚器之量,即为重物。金、银、黄铜、水晶等材质的容器,即使是俗家式样,亦不许使用。但在住处受用方面,无论可触或不可触,一切皆可使用。
Ghaṭako pana telabhājanaṃ vā pādaggaṇhanakato atirekameva garubhaṇḍaṃ, suvaṇṇarajataārakūṭajātiphalikabhājanāni gihivikaṭānipi na vaṭṭanti. Senāsanaparibhoge pana āmāsampi anāmāsampi sabbaṃ vaṭṭati.
然而,在斧等工具中,若某把斧仅能用于削齿木、切甘蔗等小事,而不能胜任大的劳作,则属于可分配物。其余不论以何种方式制成的,皆是粗重物。斧头,乃至医师所用的放血刀,皆为粗重物;小斧亦然。若是按兵器规格制成的,则属于不可触物。锄头、锄柄、锄刃等,无一不是粗重物。但是,扫帚柄或掘地器,若仅为无柄的刃部且可放入袋中携带,便属于可分配物。刃部同样包含尖端部分。若有人将斧等工具施与寺院,之后其家遭火焚或被掠夺,他们说:‘尊者,请将器具给我们,我们会再送回来’,则应给予。若他们取走,不应阻止;即使不归还,也不应责难。
Vāsiyādīsu pana yāya vāsiyā dantakaṭṭhacchedanaucchutacchanamattato aññaṃ mahākammaṃ kātuṃ na sakkā, ayaṃ bhājanīyā. Sesā yena kenaci ākārena katā garubhaṇḍaṃ, parasu pana antamaso vejjānaṃ sirāvedhakopi garubhaṇḍameva, tathā kuṭhārī. Yā pana āvudhasaṅkhepena katā, ayaṃ anāmāsā, kudālo daṇḍabandhanikhādanaṃ vā agarubhaṇḍaṃ nāma natthi. Sammuñjanidaṇḍakhaṇanakaṃ pana adaṇḍakaṃ phalamattakameva, yaṃ sakkā sipāṭikāya pakkhipitvā pariharituṃ, taṃ bhājanīyaṃ. Sikharampi nikhādaneneva saṅgahitaṃ, yehi manussehi vihāre vāsiādīni dinnāni honti, te ce ghare daḍḍhe vā vilutte vā ‘‘detha no, bhante, upakkhare, puna āharissāmā’’ti vadanti, dātabbā. Sace haranti, na vāretabbā, anāharantāpi na codetabbā.
铁匠、铜匠、金匠、管匠、珠宝匠、钵匠的工具,如砧、锤、钳、秤等,一切金属器具,从施与僧团之时起,便属于粗重物。锡匠、金匠、皮匠的工具也同此理。不过,此处有差别:在锡匠的工具中,切锡刀;在金匠的工具中,切金刀;在皮匠的工具中,用来切割已加工皮革的小刀——这些属于可分配物。理发匠与裁缝匠的工具中,大剪刀、大钳、大镊子这三样是粗重物,其余都是可分配物。
Kammārataṭṭakāracundakāranaḷakāramaṇikārapattabandhakānaṃ adhikaraṇimuṭṭhisaṇḍāsatulādīni sabbāni lohamayāni upakaraṇāni saṅghe dinnakālato paṭṭhāya garubhaṇḍāni. Tipukoṭṭakasuvaṇṇakāracammakāraupakaraṇesupi eseva nayo. Ayaṃ pana viseso, tipukoṭṭakaupakaraṇesu tipucchedanakasatthakaṃ, suvaṇṇakāraupakaraṇesu suvaṇṇacchedanakasatthakaṃ, cammakāraupakaraṇesu kataparikammacammacchedanakhuddakasatthanti imāni bhājanīyāni. Nhāpitatunnakāraupakaraṇesupi ṭhapetvā mahākattariṃ mahāsaṇḍāsaṃ mahāpipphalikañca sabbaṃ vaṭṭati, itarāni garubhaṇḍāni.
在藤类等物品中,凡是藤蔓等藤条,长约半臂,若施与僧团或就地生长,经妥善保管的,即属于粗重物。若用于僧团事务及塔庙事务后仍有剩余,也可用于个人事务。以线、马尼拉麻、竹皮、椰子壳纤维、皮革所制成的绳索或系带,或用竹皮、椰子壳纤维搓成的一股或两股绳,只要属于僧团所有,便是粗重物。然而,未曾搓成绳而施与的线、马尼拉麻、竹皮、椰子壳纤维,则属于可分配物。施舍这些绳索等物品的人,若因自身需要而取回,不应阻止。
Valliādīsu vettavalliādikā yā kāci aḍḍhabāhuppamāṇā valli saṅghassa dinnā vā tatthajātakā vā rakkhitagopitāva garubhaṇḍaṃ, sā saṅghakamme ca cetiyakamme ca kate sace atirekā hoti, puggalikakammepi upanetuṃ vaṭṭati, suttamakacivākanāḷikerahīracammamayā rajjukā vā yottāni vā vāke ca nāḷikerahīre ca vaṭṭetvā katā ekavaṭṭā vā dvivaṭṭā vā saṅghassa santakā garubhaṇḍaṃ. Suttaṃ pana avaṭṭetvā dinnaṃ makacivākanāḷikerahīrā ca bhājanīyā . Yehi panetāni rajjukādīni dinnāni honti, te attano karaṇīyena harantā na vāretabbā.
任何竹子,哪怕仅如八指长的针棒大小,若已供养僧团、或于当地生长,经守护保管,即为粗重物。若用于僧团事务及塔庙事务后仍有剩余,亦可用于个人事务。然而,容脚器、油筒、杖、鞋拔、伞柄、伞骨——这些在此是可分配之物。有人因家宅失火而取用时,不应阻止。
Yo koci aṭṭhaṅgulasūcidaṇḍakamattopi veḷu saṅghassa dinno vā tatthajātako vā rakkhitagopito garubhaṇḍaṃ, sopi saṅghassa kamme ca cetiyakamme ca kate atireko puggalikakamme dātuṃ vaṭṭati. Pādaggaṇhanakatelanāḷi pana kattarayaṭṭhi upāhanadaṇḍako chattadaṇḍo chattasalākāti idamettha bhājanīyabhaṇḍaṃ, daḍḍhagehamanussā gaṇhitvā gacchantā na vāretabbā.
文阇草、芦草及其余覆盖用草,即使仅一把之量,乃至归入覆盖草类的贝叶等中,任何一片叶子,若已供养僧团、或于当地生长、或在寺外僧团草地上生长,经守护保管,即为粗重物。若用于僧团事务及塔庙事务后仍有剩余,亦可用于个人事务。遭火灾者取走时,不应阻止。即使仅八指大小的空贝叶,亦为粗重物。
Muñjañca pabbajañca avasesañca chadanatiṇaṃ muṭṭhippamāṇampi chadanatiṇasaṅkhepagatesu tālapaṇṇādīsu yaṃkiñci ekapaṇṇampi saṅghassa dinnaṃ vā tatthajātakaṃ vā bahiārāme saṅghike tiṇavatthusmiṃ jātakaṃ vā rakkhitagopitaṃ garubhaṇḍaṃ, tampi saṅghakamme ca cetiyakamme ca kate atirekaṃ puggalikakamme dātuṃ vaṭṭati. Daḍḍhagehamanussā gahetvā gacchantā na vāretabbā, aṭṭhaṅgulappamāṇopi rittakapotthako garubhaṇḍameva.
泥土,无论天然泥土、五色土、石灰,还是砂浆、石膏、赭石等,凡于难得之处带来供养,或于当地生长,经守护保管,即使仅贝叶之量,即为粗重物。若用于僧团事务及塔庙事务后仍有剩余,亦可用于个人事务。然而,雄黄、朱砂、绿矾、雌黄、眼药等,则为可分配物。
Mattikā pakatimattikā vā hotu pañcavaṇṇā vā sudhā vā sajjurasakaṅguṭṭhasilesādīsu vā yaṃkiñci dullabhaṭṭhāne ānetvā vā dinnaṃ tatthajātakaṃ vā rakkhitagopitaṃ tālapakkamattaṃ garubhaṇḍaṃ hoti, tampi saṅghakamme ca cetiyakamme ca kate atirekaṃ puggalikakamme dātuṃ vaṭṭati. Hiṅguhiṅgulakaharitālamanosilañjanādīni pana bhājanīyāni.
在木器中,凡有竹器中所说规格的木制小器物,不论是施予僧团或在那里自然生长的,经守护保管,即为粗重物。而且,一切木、竹、皮革、石等材质的制品,都归入木器一类。其中,床与椅所不涵盖的凳具等,乃至以布、稻草、树叶所制的座具,一切座具皆包含在内。
Dārubhaṇḍe yo koci veḷumhi vuttappamāṇo dārubhaṇḍako saṅghassa dinno vā tatthajātako vā rakkhitagopito garubhaṇḍaṃ, api ca sabbāpi dāruveḷucammapāsāṇādivikati dārubhaṇḍena saṅgahitā, tattha mañcapīṭhehi asaṅgahitāni āsandikādīni antamaso coḷena vā palālehi vā paṇṇehi vā katapīṭhaṃ upādāya sabbāni āsanāni.
曲板、长板、洗衣板、擦衣板、擦衣槌、切齿木砧、棍槌、船、木盆、染槽、水滤器——无论是木制、牙制或竹制,有足或无足,箱、箧、超过容脚器尺寸的容器、水槽、水锅、瓢、勺、饮器、饮水螺,凡这些当中,任何布施给僧团者,都是粗重物。然而,螺盘为可分配物,木制水瓢也是如此。
Vaṅkaphalakaṃ dīghaphalakaṃ cīvaradhovanaphalakaṃ ghaṭṭanaphalakaṃ ghaṭṭanamuggaro dantakaṭṭhacchedanagaṇṭhikā daṇḍamuggaro nāvā ambaṇaṃ rajanadoṇi udakapaṭicchako dārumayo vā dantamayo vā veḷumayo vā sapādakopi apādakopi samuggo mañjūsā pādaggaṇhanakato atirekappamāṇo karaṇḍo udakadoṇi udakakaṭāhaṃ uḷuṅko kaṭacchupānīyasarāvaṃ pānīyasaṅkhoti etesu yaṃkiñci saṅghe dinnaṃ garubhaṇḍaṃ. Saṅkhathālakaṃ pana bhājanīyaṃ, tathā dārumayo udakatumbo.
足踏垫圈,无论是木制还是布、叶等所制,一切皆是粗重物。托盘、钵盖、扇、团扇、篮、篓、杖扫帚、手扫帚——这些当中,不论是小的还是大的,凡以木、竹、叶、皮革等任何材质制成者,皆可算作粗重物。
Pādakathalikamaṇḍalaṃ dārumayaṃ vā hotu coḷapaṇṇādimayaṃ vā sabbaṃ garubhaṇḍaṃ. Ādhārako pattapidhānaṃ tālavaṇṭaṃ bījanī caṅkoṭakaṃ pacchi yaṭṭhisammuñjanī muṭṭhisammuñjanīti etesupi yaṃkiñci khuddakaṃ vā mahantaṃ vā dāruveḷupaṇṇacammādīsu yena kenaci kataṃ garubhaṇḍameva.
对于柱、梁、梯板等,凡是木制或石制、属于房屋构材者,任何垫席以及任何不许可的皮革,这一切僧团所属之物皆为重物。然而,垫席可用作铺设。羊皮虽属铺地物,同样也是重物。许可的皮革则为可分配物。依《库伦达疏》所说:“凡是床量大小的皮革,皆为重物。”
Thambhatulāsopānaphalakādīsu yaṃkiñci dārumayaṃ vā pāsāṇamayaṃ vā gehasambhārūpagaṃ yo koci kaṭasārako yaṃkiñci bhūmattharaṇaṃ yaṃkiñci akappiyacammaṃ, sabbaṃ saṅghikaṃ garubhaṇḍaṃ, bhūmattharaṇaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Eḷakacammaṃ pana paccattharaṇagatikaṃ hoti, tampi garubhaṇḍameva, kappiyacammāni bhājanīyāni, kurundiyaṃ pana sabbaṃ mañcappamāṇaṃ cammaṃ garubhaṇḍanti vuttaṃ.
臼、杵、簸箕、石磨、小石磨、石槽、石盆,一切农具都是重物,一切有轮的车乘也是重物。床和椅的脚与横档,以及斧、凿等工具的木柄——这些物件中,但凡尚未完成加工者属于可分配物,若经刨削打磨,则成为重物。已许可使用的刀柄、伞、掌叶扇、剪刀、鞋、带燧石的钻火器、滤水囊、脚量器、未超量的余甘子葫芦、余甘子瓶、葫芦瓢、葫芦瓶、角制容器,这一切都是可分配物;若超出这些量度,则为重物。
Udukkhalaṃ musalaṃ suppaṃ nisadaṃ nisadapoto pāsāṇadoṇi pāsāṇakaṭāhaṃ sabbaṃ kasibhaṇḍampi garubhaṇḍaṃ, sabbaṃ cakkayuttayānaṃ garubhaṇḍameva. Mañcapīṭhānaṃ pādā ca aṭaniyo ca vāsiparasuādīnaṃ daṇḍā cāti etesu yaṃkiñci aniṭṭhitaṃ bhājanīyaṃ, tacchitamaṭṭhaṃ pana garubhaṇḍaṃ hoti, anuññātavāsiyā daṇḍo chattaṃ muṭṭhipaṇṇaṃ kattarayaṭṭhi upāhanā araṇisahitaṃ dhammakaraṇo pādaggaṇhanakato anatirittaṃ āmalakatumbaṃ āmalakaghaṭo lābukatumbaṃ lābukaghaṭo visāṇatumbanti sabbametaṃ bhājanīyaṃ, tato paraṃ garubhaṇḍaṃ.
象牙或任何角类,若未经雕刻而保持原状,即为可分配物;若用这些材料制成床脚、椅脚等物,其判定方式与前述相同。即使已经雕刻完成,如阿魏药盒、眼药盒、纽扣、饰环、眼药管、眼药棒、擦水布——这一切也都是可分配物。
Hatthidanto vā yaṃkiñci visāṇaṃ vā atacchitaṃ yathāgatameva bhājanīyaṃ, tehi katamañcapīṭhapādādīsu purimasadisova vinicchayo. Tacchitaniṭṭhitopi hiṅgukaraṇḍako añjanikaraṇḍako gaṇṭhikā vidho añjanī añjanisalākā udakapuñchanīti idaṃ sabbaṃ bhājanīyameva.
于陶器中,凡人类所受用的瓶、瓮等陶师所造之器,以及钵盖、火盆、熏香器、灯台、灯盏、砖、瓦、小塔等,皆为重物。然于这些已说重物中,若有人为自用而取竹等材料,须以等量或超量偿还后方可取用。然而,未超过脚量器尺寸的瓶、钵、碟、金器、水壶等,在此属于可受持物。如同陶器,金属器中的水壶亦归入可受持物一类。如是,若将可受持物施与他人,而受者因此物而生嫌怨,施者犯恶作;若施与其他资具而受者嫌怨,亦犯恶作。若以主人姿态而施与,犯偷兰遮;若以盗心取物,则应依物估价后处罚。正如施与其他资具而受者嫌怨即犯恶作,同样,若将衣或其他资具施与未被僧团授权的比丘,而受者嫌怨,亦犯恶作;若对象为未受具戒者,一切时处皆犯三恶作。然而,若见有人本性以贪欲等行事而抱怨:‘给他有何用?得了也会糟蹋,不会如法受用’,如此则无犯;对疯癫者等亦无犯。具足比丘身份、如法获得授权、施与僧团共许的衣资、事后欲抱怨而抱怨——此中四支具足。其等起等与不与取相似,唯此为苦受。
Mattikābhaṇḍe sabbaṃ manussānaṃ upabhogaparibhogaṃ ghaṭapiṭharādikulālabhājanaṃ, pattakaṭāhaṃ aṅgārakaṭāhaṃ dhūmadānakaṃ dīparukkhako dīpakapallikā cayaniṭṭhakā chadaniṭṭhakā thupikāti sabbaṃ garubhaṇḍaṃ, etesu pana vuttanayesu garubhaṇḍesu yaṃkiñci veḷuādiṃ attano atthāya gaṇhantena samakaṃ vā atirekaṃ vā phātikammaṃ katvā gahetabbaṃ. Pādaggaṇhanakato anatirittappamāṇo pana ghaṭako patto thālakaṃ kañcanako kuṇḍikāti idamettha bhājanīyaṃ, yathā ca mattikābhaṇḍe evaṃ lohabhaṇḍepi kuṇḍikā bhājanīyakoṭṭhāsameva bhajati. Iti yaṃ bhājanīyaṃ vissajjanīyampi taṃ evaṃ vissajjiyavebhaṅgiyasaṅkhātaṃ aññaṃ parikkhāraṃ datvā khīyantassa dukkaṭaṃ, itaraṃ pana dātumeva na vaṭṭati. Issaravatāya dento thullaccayaṃ āpajjati, theyyacittena gaṇhanto bhaṇḍaṃ agghāpetvā kāretabbo. Yathā ca aññaṃ parikkhāraṃ datvā khīyantassa dukkaṭaṃ, tathā saṅghena asammatassa cīvaraṃ vā aññaṃ vā parikkhāraṃ datvā khīyantassa dukkaṭameva, anupasampanne sabbattha tikadukkaṭaṃ. Pakatiyā pana chandādivasena (pāci. 488) karontaṃ disvā ‘‘ko attho tassa dinnena, laddhāpi vinipātessati, na sammā upanessatī’’ti khīyantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Upasampannatā, dhammena laddhasammutitā, saṅghena saddhiṃ vikappanupagacīvaradānaṃ, pacchā khīyitukāmatāya khīyanāti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisāni, idaṃ pana dukkhavedananti.
12. 转施学处解释
12. Pariṇāmanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第十二条,一切均与三十事中‘转施学处’所述相同。唯有此差别:彼处因自行转施而犯舍堕;此处因向个人转施而犯波逸提。
Dvādasame sabbaṃ tiṃsakakaṇḍe pariṇāmanasikkhāpade vuttanayameva. Ayameva hi viseso, tattha attano pariṇāmitattā nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ, idha puggalassa pariṇāmitattā suddhikapācittiyanti.
第九 宝品
9. Ratanavaggo
1. 内宫学处解释
1. Antepurasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
“宝品”第一中,“刹帝利”指刹帝利种姓者,“灌顶者”指以刹帝利灌顶仪式在头顶灌顶者。“王未出”即王尚未出,于王未出时,指在寝室中。“宝”指王后,“已出”为已出,“宝未出”即王后尚未出,于王后未出时,指在寝室中。“越过门槛”:此处,若未告知自己已到来,先跨一脚进入寝室门槛者,犯恶作;跨第二脚者,犯波逸提。
Ratanavaggassa paṭhame khattiyassāti khattiyajātikassa, muddhābhisittassāti khattiyābhisekena muddhani abhisittassa. Anikkhanto rājā itoti anikkhantarājakaṃ, tasmiṃ anikkhantarājake, sayanighareti attho. Ratanaṃ vuccati mahesī, niggatanti nikkhantaṃ, aniggataṃ ratanaṃ itoti aniggataratanakaṃ, tasmiṃ aniggataratanake, sayanighareti attho. Indakhīlaṃatikkameyyāti ettha attano āgatabhāvaṃ ajānāpetvā sayanigharassa ummāraṃ paṭhamaṃ pādaṃ atikkāmentassa dukkaṭaṃ, dutiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
于舍卫城,因具寿阿难进入国王内宫之事而制立,为不共制,非无犯,三波逸提。若已知而作未知想者,或疑惑者,犯恶作。若作已知想者,或非刹帝利,或非以刹帝利灌顶而灌顶者,或二者中任一已出寝室时进入者,或非寝室,或疯癫者等,无犯。刹帝利性、已灌顶、二者皆未出寝室、未告知、越过门槛——此中五支具足。等起等与初咖提那相似,唯此是作而非作。
Sāvatthiyaṃ āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ ārabbha rañño antepurappavisanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, asādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, paṭisaṃvidite appaṭisaṃviditasaññino, vematikassa ca dukkaṭaṃ. Paṭisaṃviditasaññissa, na khattiyassa vā, na khattiyābhisekena abhisittassa vā, ubhosu vā, ubhinnaṃ vā aññatarasmiṃ nikkhante sayanigharaṃ pavisantassa, asayanighare, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Khattiyatā, abhisittatā, ubhinnampi sayanigharato anikkhantatā, appaṭisaṃviditatā, indakhīlātikkamoti imānettha pañca aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni paṭhamakathinasadisāni, idaṃ pana kiriyākiriyanti.
二、宝学处之解释
2. Ratanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第二,关于宝物:指珍珠等种种宝物。“宝物许可”意指人们受用、享用的任何物品。“在寺院内”指有围墙的寺院,于围墙之内;无围墙的寺院,则在两掷石距离之内。“在住所内”指有围墙的住所,于围墙之内;无围墙的住所,则在杵掷距离之内。然而,此处的判别如下:为自己而取用或指使他人取用金银,犯舍堕罪。为僧团、僧众、个人、塔庙、新建工程而取用,犯恶作罪;其余珍珠等宝物,为任何人取用,皆犯恶作罪。将如法物品或非法物品,乃至属于母亲的物品,以仓库管理者的身份存放,犯舍堕罪;但若将其视作自己的物品后存放,则是允许的。当有人说“请存放此物”时,应拒绝说“不可”。若对方生气地丢下物品后离去,这称为障碍,应当存放。在寺院中做工的木匠等,或国王的亲信等说“请存放任何工具或卧具,之后再交给我们”,即使出于好意或恐惧,也不应照做,但可以指示一处安全的存放处。
Dutiye ratananti muttādidasavidhaṃ. Ratanasammatanti yaṃkiñci manussānaṃ upabhogaparibhogaṃ. Ajjhārāme vāti parikkhittassa antopaṭikkhepe aparikkhittassa dvinnaṃ leḍḍupātānaṃ anto. Ajjhāvasatheti parikkhittassa antopaṭikkhepe, aparikkhittassa musalapātabbhantare. Ayaṃ panettha vinicchayo – jātarūparajataṃ attano atthāya uggaṇhantassa vā uggaṇhāpentassa vā nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ . Saṅghagaṇapuggalacetiyanavakammānaṃ atthāya dukkaṭaṃ, avasese muttādiratane sabbesampi atthāya dukkaṭameva. Kappiyavatthuṃ vā akappiyavatthuṃ vā antamaso mātusantakampi bhaṇḍāgārikasīsena paṭisāmentassa pācittiyaṃ, tādisaṃ pana attano santakaṃ katvā paṭisāmetuṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Idaṃ paṭisāmethā’’ti vutte pana ‘‘na vaṭṭatī’’ti paṭikkhipitabbaṃ. Sace kupitā pātetvā gacchanti, palibodho nāma hoti, paṭisāmetabbaṃ. Vihāre kammaṃ karontā vaḍḍhakīādayo vā rājavallabhā vā ‘‘yaṃkiñci upakaraṇaṃ vā sayanabhaṇḍaṃ vā paṭisāmetvā dethā’’ti vadanti, chandenapi bhayenapi na kātabbameva, guttaṭṭhānaṃ pana dassetuṃ vaṭṭati.
在寺院或住所中,当于某处生起“此物可能已被比丘或沙弥取走”的疑虑时,即应在该处自己拿起或令人拿起,做标记后存放,并告知:“谁丢失了物品,请前来。”若有人前来,应问:“你丢失的物品是怎样的?”若与标记相符,应将物品交给他;若不相符,应说“请寻找”。离开该住处时,应将物品托付给合适的比丘;若无合适的比丘,则托付给合适的居士,然后离开。若既不离开,也不见物主,则可用此物建造固定的坐卧处、塔庙或池塘。若经过很长时间后物主前来,应向他展示并说“请随喜”。若他不随喜,并催促说“还我财物”,则应安抚后归还。
Ajjhārāmaajjhāvasathesupi yādise ṭhāne ‘‘bhikkhūhi vā sāmaṇerehi vā gahitaṃ bhavissatī’’ti āsaṅkā uppajjati, tādiseyeva ṭhāne uggahetvā vā uggahāpetvā vā saññāṇaṃ katvā nikkhipitabbaṃ, ‘‘yassa bhaṇḍaṃ naṭṭhaṃ, so āgacchatū’’ti ca ācikkhitabbaṃ. Atha yo āgacchati, so ‘‘kīdisaṃ te bhaṇḍaṃ naṭṭha’’nti pucchitabbo, sace saññāṇena sampādeti, dātabbaṃ. No ce, ‘vicināhī’ti vattabbo. Tamhā āvāsā pakkamantena patirūpānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ hatthe, tesu asati patirūpānaṃ gahapatikānaṃ hatthe nikkhipitvā pakkamitabbaṃ. Yo pana neva pakkamati, na sāmikaṃ passati, tena thāvaraṃ senāsanaṃ vā cetiyaṃ vā pokkharaṇiṃ vā kāretabbo. Sace dīghassa addhuno accayena sāmiko āgacchati, taṃ dassetvā ‘anumodāhī’ti vattabbo. Sace nānumodati, ‘‘dehi me dhana’’nti codeti, samādapetvā dātabbaṃ.
在舍卫城,因某比丘取用宝物的因缘而制。“除寺院内或住所内之外”,此中有两条补充制定。此为共通的制定,有教令者。在允许之处,若以不尊重心拿起后不存放,犯恶作罪。在允许之处拿起后存放;或以信任或暂时借用的方式取用可触摸的宝物类;或作粪扫衣想而取;以及精神失常者等,不犯戒。未获许可而作、属于他人所有、无信任取用想及粪扫衣想、拿起或令人拿起,此中有四要素。其起源等与媒介戒相似。
Sāvatthiyaṃ aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ ārabbha ratanauggaṇhanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, ‘‘aññatra ajjhārāmā vā, ajjhāvasathā vā’’ti ayamettha duvidhā anupaññatti, sādhāraṇapaññatti, sāṇattikaṃ, anuññātaṭṭhāne anādariyena uggahetvā anikkhipantassa dukkaṭaṃ. Anuññātaṭṭhāne gahetvā nikkhipantassa, yaṃ hoti āmāsaṃ ratanasammataṃ, taṃ vissāsaṃ vā tāvakālikaṃ vā uggaṇhantassa, paṃsukūlasaññāya gaṇhato, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Ananuññātakaraṇaṃ, parasantakatā, vissāsaggāhapaṃsukūlasaññānaṃ abhāvo, uggahaṇaṃ vā uggahāpanaṃ vāti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni sañcarittasadisānīti.
三、非时入村学处之解释
3. Vikālagāmappavesanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第三,“不告知在场的比丘”,这在行持中已说明方法。非时,指从正午过后至黎明之间。在此时间内,若未告知“我于非时入村”或“我将入村”,且无如法的紧急事务,进入有围墙的村庄时越过围墙,或进入无围墙的村庄时进入近村范围,则第一步犯恶作罪,第二步犯舍堕罪。即使多人因事入村,所有人也应互相告知。若因“在该村无法完成该事务”而前往他村,则无需再次告知。但若热情平息后返回寺院,途中想进入另一村庄,则必须告知。在俗家或集会堂中用餐后,想为乞油或乞酥而行者,若附近有比丘,应告知;若无,则作“无”想而前往。但下到街道后,即使见到比丘,也无需告知。若道路穿过村庄中央,而行者生起“将为油等而行”的心念,见到比丘时应告知。若沿路直行而不偏离,则无需告知;若偏离进入,则如前所说犯舍堕罪。
Tatiye santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchāti idaṃ cāritte vuttanayameva. Vikāleti majjhanhikātikkamato paṭṭhāya antoaruṇe, etasmiṃ antare ‘‘vikāle gāmappavesanaṃ āpucchāmī’’ti vā, ‘‘gāmaṃ pavisissāmī’’ti vā anāpucchitvā asati tathārūpe accāyike karaṇīye parikkhittassa gāmassa parikkhepaṃ atikkamantassa, aparikkhittassa upacāraṃ okkamantassa paṭhamapāde dukkaṭaṃ, dutiyapāde pācittiyaṃ. Sacepi sambahulā kenaci kammena gāmaṃ pavisanti, sabbehi aññamaññaṃ āpucchitabbaṃ. ‘‘Tasmiṃ gāme taṃ kammaṃ na sampajjatī’’ti aññaṃ gāmaṃ gacchantānaṃ puna āpucchanakiccaṃ natthi. Sace pana ussāhaṃ paṭippassambhetvā vihāraṃ gacchantā antarā aññaṃ gāmaṃ pavisitukāmā honti, āpucchitabbameva. Kulaghare vā āsanasālāyaṃ vā bhattakiccaṃ katvā telabhikkhāya vā sappibhikkhāya vā caritukāmena sace passe bhikkhu atthi, āpucchitabbo, asante ‘natthī’ti gantabbaṃ. Vīthiṃ otaritvā pana bhikkhuṃ disvāpi āpucchanakiccaṃ natthi. Yo pana gāmamajjhena maggo hoti, sace tena gacchantassa ‘‘telādīnaṃ atthāya carissāmī’’ti cittaṃ uppajjati, passe bhikkhuṃ disvā āpucchitabbaṃ. Maggā anokkamma carantassa pana āpucchanakiccaṃ natthi, okkamantassa vuttanayeneva pācittiyaṃ.
于舍卫城,因六众比丘非时入村的事缘而制定。此中有三条补充制定:“在场的比丘”、“不告知”、“除如法的紧急事务外”。此为不共通制定,无教令者,犯三波逸提。于适时作非时想者、疑惑者,犯恶作。然而,于非时作适时想者;或因紧急事务;或告知在场的比丘后进入;或未告知不在场的比丘而进入;或前往寺院境内、比丘尼住处、外道住处、卧处、经行处等处所;或道路穿过村落,顺路而行者;或遇难时;以及精神失常者等,不犯。不告知在场的比丘、无允许之因、于非时入村,此为三要素。其源起等与咖提那戒相似,唯此为亦作亦不作。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye ārabbha vikāle gāmappavesanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, ‘‘santaṃ bhikkhu’’nti ca ‘‘anāpucchā’’ti ca ‘‘aññatra tathārūpā accāyikā karaṇīyā’’ti ca imā panettha tisso anupaññattiyo, asādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, kāle vikālasaññino, vematikassa ca dukkaṭaṃ. Kālasaññino pana, yo ca accāyike vā karaṇīye, santaṃ vā āpucchitvā, asantaṃ vā anāpucchitvā pavisati, antarārāmabhikkhunupassayatitthiyaseyyapaṭikkamanesu vā aññataraṃ gacchati, tassa, gāmena maggo hoti, tena gacchato, āpadāsu, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchatā, anuññātakāraṇābhāvo, vikāle gāmappavisananti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni kathinasadisāneva, idaṃ pana kiriyākiriyanti.
4. 针筒学处释
4. Sūcigharasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第四种:所谓可破坏者,即是破坏本身;此物具有可破坏性,故名可破坏者。是故,若制作或令人制作此类针筒,犯恶作;若已获得,则应将其破坏并忏悔波逸提罪。
Catutthe bhedanameva bhedanakaṃ, taṃ assa atthīti bhedanakaṃ. Tasmā evarūpe sūcighare karaṇakārāpanesu dukkaṭaṃ, paṭilābhena pana taṃ bhinditvā pācittiyaṃ desetabbaṃ.
于释迦族中,因众多比丘而于多针筒告知俗家之事缘而制定,是共通制立,有教令性。若为自己或由他人开始制作,由自己或由他人完成而得者,犯四波逸提。若为他人而作或令作,或得他人所制而受用者,犯恶作。于纽结、小针筒、针筒、小针筒、针、小针、刀柄、擦脚布中,若以骨等材质制作任何一物,以及精神失常者等,无犯。针筒性、骨等制作性、为己而作或令作而得,此为三要素。其源起等与媒介者戒相似。
Sakkesu sambahule bhikkhū ārabbha bahusūcigharaviññāpanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, sāṇattikaṃ, attanā vippakataṃ attanā vā, parehi vā, parehi vippakatampi attanā vā, parehi vā pariyosāpetvā labhantassa catukkapācittiyaṃ. Aññassatthāya karaṇakārāpanesu, aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjane dukkaṭaṃ. Gaṇṭhike araṇike vidhe añjaniyā añjanisalākāya vāsijaṭe udakapuñchaniyāti etesu yaṃkiñci aṭṭhiādīhi karontassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Sūcigharatā, aṭṭhimayāditā, attano atthāya karaṇaṃ vā kārāpetvā vā paṭilābhoti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni sañcarittasadisānīti.
5. 床座学处释
5. Mañcapīṭhasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第五,‘床’是指马萨罗迦等中的任何一种。‘床座’也是如此,但不像床那样过长,也不像阿散地迦那样方正。应截断者与应破坏者的处理方式类似。
Pañcame mañcanti masārakādīsu aññataraṃ. Pīṭhampi tādisameva, taṃ pana mañco viya atidīghaṃ, āsandiko viya ca samaṃ caturassaṃ na hoti. Chedanakaṃ bhedanakasadisameva.
此学处因舍卫城的乌巴难达躺卧高床而制定。若制作合规定量者,或获得过量之床后,将其截断,使上面显露如量;或同样埋入地下;或翻面朝下;或绑成架子而受用者,以及疯癫者等,皆无犯。床座超量、为自己制作或令他人制作而获得,此为此处的二支。其余一切,与针筒学处相似。
Sāvatthiyaṃ upanandaṃ ārabbha ucce mañce sayanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, pamāṇikaṃ karontassa, pamāṇātikkantaṃ labhitvā chinditvā yathā pamāṇameva upari dissati, evaṃ nikhaṇitvā vā, uttānaṃ vā katvā, aṭṭakaṃ vā bandhitvā paribhuñjantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Pamāṇātikkantamañcapīṭhatā, attano atthāya karaṇaṃ vā kārāpetvā vā paṭilābhoti imānettha dve aṅgāni. Sesaṃ sabbaṃ sūcigharasikkhāpadasadisamevāti.
6. 棉絮褥学处释
6. Tūlonaddhasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第六中,此处棉被覆盖故为棉覆褥,即铺开薄布,放入棉花,上面用薄布覆盖,如此说。应拔除者与应破坏者相似。
Chaṭṭhe tūlaṃ onaddhametthāti tūlonaddhaṃ, cimilikaṃ pattharitvā tūlaṃ pakkhipitvā upari cimilikāya onaddhanti vuttaṃ hoti. Uddālanakaṃ bhedanakasadisameva.
于舍卫城,因六群比丘而制立与令作棉覆褥相关之学处。于轭垫、腰带、肩带、钵袋、滤水囊、枕头中,若得他人所作之棉覆褥,拆开而后受用者,以及疯癫者等,皆无犯。此处所说枕头,其量仅限头部大小。所谓头部大小,即宽度上两角之间距为一拃四指,中高一拳尺,长度为一拃半或二拃。若棉覆褥具床座性、为己作或令作而得,此为此处之二犯缘。其余应如所说之法而知。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye ārabbha tūlonaddhakārāpanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, āyoge kāyabandhane aṃsabaddhake pattatthavikāya parissāvane bimbohane, aññena kataṃ tūlonaddhaṃ paṭilabhitvā uddāletvā paribhuñjantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Bimbohanañcettha sīsappamāṇameva vaṭṭati, sīsappamāṇaṃ nāma yassa vitthārato tīsu koṇesu dvinnaṃ antaraṃ vidatthicaturaṅgulaṃ hoti, majjhe muṭṭhiratanaṃ, dīghato diyaḍḍharatanaṃ vā dviratanaṃ vā. Tūlonaddhamañcapīṭhatā, attano atthāya karaṇaṃ vā kārāpetvā vā paṭilābhoti imānettha dve aṅgāni. Sesaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.
7. 坐具学处释
7. Nisīdanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第七项中,所谓「坐具」,是指类似于敷具,铺开之后,于一端以善逝拃量在两处割裂,配有三条边的资具;这便是它的名称。
Sattame nisīdananti santhatasadisaṃ santharitvā ekasmiṃ ante sugatavidatthippamāṇaṃ dvīsu ṭhānesu phāletvā katāhi tīhi dasāhi yuttassa parikkhārassetaṃ nāmaṃ.
于舍卫城,因六群比丘受持不限定尺寸的坐具而制立此学处。「边为一拃」是此处的随制,属不共通的制立。若作合量或不足量者,若得他人所作过量者而裁剪后受用者,若用作伞盖等任何物者,以及疯癫者等,皆无犯。坐具过量性、为己作或令作而得,此为此处之二犯缘。其余应如所说之法而知。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye ārabbha appamāṇikāni nisīdanāni dhāraṇavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, ‘‘dasā vidatthī’’ti ayamettha anupaññatti, asādhāraṇapaññatti, pamāṇikaṃ vā ūnakaṃ vā karontassa, aññena kataṃ pamāṇātikkantaṃ paṭilabhitvā chinditvā paribhuñjantassa, vitānādīsu yaṃkiñci karontassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Nisīdanassa pamāṇātikkantatā, attano atthāya karaṇaṃ vā kārāpetvā vā paṭilābhoti imānettha dve aṅgāni. Sesaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.
8. 疮疥覆盖学处释
8. Kaṇḍuppaṭicchādisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第八中,“疮疥覆盖衣”是指为覆盖肚脐以下、膝盖以上区域的疮、疖、脓、流液以及粗重病患而开许的衣服。
Aṭṭhame kaṇḍuppaṭicchādinti adhonābhiubbhajāṇumaṇḍalaṃ kaṇḍupīḷakaassāvathullakacchābādhānaṃ paṭicchādanatthaṃ anuññātaṃ cīvaraṃ.
在舍卫城,因六群比丘持用无定量的疮疥覆盖衣之事而制立,此为共通制立;其余应如坐具中所说的方法了知。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye ārabbha appamāṇikāyo kaṇḍuppaṭicchādikāyo dhāraṇavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, sesaṃ nisīdane vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.
9. 雨浴衣学处释
9. Vassikasāṭikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第九中,在舍卫城,因六群比丘持用无定量的雨浴衣之事而制立;此处所应说者,即依坐具中所说之方法。
Navame sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye ārabbha appamāṇikāyo vassikasāṭikāyo dhāraṇavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sesamettha yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ nisīdane vuttanayamevāti.
10. 难德学处的解释
10. Nandasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第十条学处:在舍卫城,因尊者难陀穿著与善逝衣量相等的衣服一事而制定,为共通制立;其余则如同坐具中所说的方法。
Dasame sāvatthiyaṃ āyasmantaṃ nandaṃ ārabbha sugatacīvarappamāṇaṃ cīvaraṃ dhāraṇavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, sesaṃ nisīdane vuttanayamevāti.